mirror/CMake
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/Kitware/CMake.git synced 2025-12-31 10:50:16 -06:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

PDCurses 2021-12-08 (f1cd4f45)

Browse Source 
Code extracted from:

    https://github.com/wmcbrine/PDCurses.git

at commit f1cd4f4569451a5028ddf3d3c202f0ad6b1ae446 (f1cd4f4569451a5028ddf3d3c202f0ad6b1ae446).
This commit is contained in:
PDCurses Upstream
2021-12-08 18:04:46 -05:00
committed by Brad King
commit f84c4112c3
57 changed files with 15451 additions and 0 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

1
.gitattributes vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
* -whitespace

65
README.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
Welcome to PDCurses!
====================
PDCurses is an implementation of X/Open curses for multiple platforms.
The latest version can be found at:
https://pdcurses.org/
For changes, see the [History] file. The main documentation is now in
the [docs] directory.
Legal Stuff
-----------
The core package is in the public domain, but small portions of PDCurses
are subject to copyright under various licenses. Each directory
contains a README.md file, with a section titled "Distribution Status"
which describes the status of the files in that directory.
If you use PDCurses in an application, an acknowledgement would be
appreciated, but is not mandatory. If you make corrections or
enhancements to PDCurses, please forward them to the current maintainer
for the benefit of other users.
This software is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY whatsoever.
Ports
-----
PDCurses has been ported to DOS, OS/2, Windows, X11 and SDL. A directory
containing the port-specific source files exists for each of these
platforms.
Build instructions are in the README.md file for each platform:
- [DOS]
- [OS/2]
- [SDL 1.x]
- [SDL 2.x]
- [Windows]
- [X11]
Distribution Status
-------------------
All files in this directory (not including subdirectories) are released
to the public domain.
Maintainer
----------
William McBrine <wmcbrine@gmail.com>
[History]: docs/HISTORY.md
[docs]: docs/README.md
[DOS]: dos/README.md
[OS/2]: os2/README.md
[SDL 1.x]: sdl1/README.md
[SDL 2.x]: sdl2/README.md
[Windows]: wincon/README.md
[X11]: x11/README.md

35
common/acs437.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
/* ACS definitions originally by jshumate@wrdis01.robins.af.mil -- these
match code page 437 and compatible pages (CP850, CP852, etc.) */
chtype acs_map[128] =
{
PDC_ACS(0), PDC_ACS(1), PDC_ACS(2), PDC_ACS(3), PDC_ACS(4),
PDC_ACS(5), PDC_ACS(6), PDC_ACS(7), PDC_ACS(8), PDC_ACS(9),
PDC_ACS(10), PDC_ACS(11), PDC_ACS(12), PDC_ACS(13), PDC_ACS(14),
PDC_ACS(15), PDC_ACS(16), PDC_ACS(17), PDC_ACS(18), PDC_ACS(19),
PDC_ACS(20), PDC_ACS(21), PDC_ACS(22), PDC_ACS(23), PDC_ACS(24),
PDC_ACS(25), PDC_ACS(26), PDC_ACS(27), PDC_ACS(28), PDC_ACS(29),
PDC_ACS(30), PDC_ACS(31), ' ', '!', '"', '#', '$', '%', '&', '\'',
'(', ')', '*',
PDC_ACS(0x1a), PDC_ACS(0x1b), PDC_ACS(0x18), PDC_ACS(0x19),
'/',
0xdb,
'1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9', ':', ';', '<', '=',
'>', '?', '@', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J',
'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W',
'X', 'Y', 'Z', '[', '\\', ']', '^', '_',
PDC_ACS(0x04), 0xb1,
'b', 'c', 'd', 'e',
0xf8, 0xf1, 0xb0, PDC_ACS(0x0f), 0xd9, 0xbf, 0xda, 0xc0, 0xc5, 0x2d,
0x2d, 0xc4, 0x2d, 0x5f, 0xc3, 0xb4, 0xc1, 0xc2, 0xb3, 0xf3, 0xf2,
0xe3, 0xd8, 0x9c, 0xf9,
PDC_ACS(127)
};

35
common/acsuni.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
/* ACS Unicode mapping */
chtype acs_map[128] =
{
PDC_ACS(0), PDC_ACS(1), PDC_ACS(2), PDC_ACS(3), PDC_ACS(4),
PDC_ACS(5), PDC_ACS(6), PDC_ACS(7), PDC_ACS(8), PDC_ACS(9),
PDC_ACS(10), PDC_ACS(11), PDC_ACS(12), PDC_ACS(13), PDC_ACS(14),
PDC_ACS(15), PDC_ACS(16), PDC_ACS(17), PDC_ACS(18), PDC_ACS(19),
PDC_ACS(20), PDC_ACS(21), PDC_ACS(22), PDC_ACS(23), PDC_ACS(24),
PDC_ACS(25), PDC_ACS(26), PDC_ACS(27), PDC_ACS(28), PDC_ACS(29),
PDC_ACS(30), PDC_ACS(31), ' ', '!', '"', '#', '$', '%', '&', '\'',
'(', ')', '*',
0x2192, 0x2190, 0x2191, 0x2193,
'/',
0x2588,
'1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9', ':', ';', '<', '=',
'>', '?', '@', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J',
'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W',
'X', 'Y', 'Z', '[', '\\', ']', '^', '_',
0x2666, 0x2592,
'b', 'c', 'd', 'e',
0x00b0, 0x00b1, 0x2591, 0x00a4, 0x2518, 0x2510, 0x250c, 0x2514,
0x253c, 0x23ba, 0x23bb, 0x2500, 0x23bc, 0x23bd, 0x251c, 0x2524,
0x2534, 0x252c, 0x2502, 0x2264, 0x2265, 0x03c0, 0x2260, 0x00a3,
0x00b7,
PDC_ACS(127)
};

1417
curses.h Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

122
curspriv.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
/* Private definitions and declarations for use within PDCurses.
These should generally not be referenced by applications. */
#ifndef __CURSES_INTERNALS__
#define __CURSES_INTERNALS__ 1
#define CURSES_LIBRARY
#include <curses.h>
#if defined(__TURBOC__) || defined(__EMX__) || defined(__DJGPP__) || \
defined(PDC_99) || defined(__WATCOMC__)
# ifndef HAVE_VSSCANF
# define HAVE_VSSCANF /* have vsscanf() */
# endif
#endif
#if defined(PDC_99) || defined(__WATCOMC__)
# ifndef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
# define HAVE_VSNPRINTF /* have vsnprintf() */
# endif
#endif
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
typedef struct /* structure for ripped off lines */
{
int line;
int (*init)(WINDOW *, int);
} RIPPEDOFFLINE;
/* Window properties */
#define _SUBWIN 0x01 /* window is a subwindow */
#define _PAD 0x10 /* X/Open Pad. */
#define _SUBPAD 0x20 /* X/Open subpad. */
/* Miscellaneous */
#define _NO_CHANGE -1 /* flags line edge unchanged */
#define _ECHAR 0x08 /* Erase char (^H) */
#define _DWCHAR 0x17 /* Delete Word char (^W) */
#define _DLCHAR 0x15 /* Delete Line char (^U) */
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Platform implementation functions */
void PDC_beep(void);
bool PDC_can_change_color(void);
int PDC_color_content(short, short *, short *, short *);
bool PDC_check_key(void);
int PDC_curs_set(int);
void PDC_doupdate(void);
void PDC_flushinp(void);
int PDC_get_columns(void);
int PDC_get_cursor_mode(void);
int PDC_get_key(void);
int PDC_get_rows(void);
void PDC_gotoyx(int, int);
bool PDC_has_mouse(void);
int PDC_init_color(short, short, short, short);
int PDC_modifiers_set(void);
int PDC_mouse_set(void);
void PDC_napms(int);
void PDC_reset_prog_mode(void);
void PDC_reset_shell_mode(void);
int PDC_resize_screen(int, int);
void PDC_restore_screen_mode(int);
void PDC_save_screen_mode(int);
#ifdef XCURSES
void PDC_set_args(int, char **);
#endif
void PDC_scr_close(void);
void PDC_scr_free(void);
int PDC_scr_open(void);
void PDC_set_keyboard_binary(bool);
void PDC_transform_line(int, int, int, const chtype *);
const char *PDC_sysname(void);
/* Internal cross-module functions */
void PDC_init_atrtab(void);
WINDOW *PDC_makelines(WINDOW *);
WINDOW *PDC_makenew(int, int, int, int);
int PDC_mouse_in_slk(int, int);
void PDC_slk_free(void);
void PDC_slk_initialize(void);
void PDC_sync(WINDOW *);
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
int PDC_mbtowc(wchar_t *, const char *, size_t);
size_t PDC_mbstowcs(wchar_t *, const char *, size_t);
size_t PDC_wcstombs(char *, const wchar_t *, size_t);
#endif
#ifdef PDCDEBUG
# define PDC_LOG(x) if (SP && SP->dbfp) PDC_debug x
#else
# define PDC_LOG(x)
#endif
/* Internal macros for attributes */
#ifndef max
# define max(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
#endif
#ifndef min
# define min(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
#endif
#define DIVROUND(num, divisor) ((num) + ((divisor) >> 1)) / (divisor)
#define PDC_CLICK_PERIOD 150 /* time to wait for a click, if
not set by mouseinterval() */
#define PDC_COLOR_PAIRS 256
#define PDC_MAXCOL 768 /* maximum possible COLORS; may be less */
#define _INBUFSIZ 512 /* size of terminal input buffer */
#define NUNGETCH 256 /* max # chars to ungetch() */
#endif /* __CURSES_INTERNALS__ */

54
panel.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*
* Panels for PDCurses *
*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __PDCURSES_PANEL_H__
#define __PDCURSES_PANEL_H__ 1
#include <curses.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
{
#endif
typedef struct panelobs
{
struct panelobs *above;
struct panel *pan;
} PANELOBS;
typedef struct panel
{
WINDOW *win;
int wstarty;
int wendy;
int wstartx;
int wendx;
struct panel *below;
struct panel *above;
const void *user;
struct panelobs *obscure;
} PANEL;
PDCEX int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan);
PDCEX int del_panel(PANEL *pan);
PDCEX int hide_panel(PANEL *pan);
PDCEX int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx);
PDCEX PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win);
PDCEX PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan);
PDCEX PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan);
PDCEX int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan);
PDCEX const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan);
PDCEX WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan);
PDCEX int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *win);
PDCEX int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *uptr);
PDCEX int show_panel(PANEL *pan);
PDCEX int top_panel(PANEL *pan);
PDCEX void update_panels(void);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __PDCURSES_PANEL_H__ */

25
pdcurses/README.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
PDCurses Portable Core
======================
This directory contains core PDCurses source code files common to all
platforms.
Building
--------
These modules are built by the platform-specific makefiles, in the
platform directories.
Distribution Status
-------------------
The files in this directory are released to the public domain.
Acknowledgements
----------------
The panel library was originally provided by
Warren Tucker <wht@n4hgf.mt-park.ga.us>

408
pdcurses/addch.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,408 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
addch
-----
### Synopsis
int addch(const chtype ch);
int waddch(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);
int mvaddch(int y, int x, const chtype ch);
int mvwaddch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype ch);
int echochar(const chtype ch);
int wechochar(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);
int addrawch(chtype ch);
int waddrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
int mvaddrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch);
int mvwaddrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);
int add_wch(const cchar_t *wch);
int wadd_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
int mvadd_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
int mvwadd_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
int echo_wchar(const cchar_t *wch);
int wecho_wchar(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
### Description
addch() adds the chtype ch to the default window (stdscr) at the
current cursor position, and advances the cursor. Note that chtypes
can convey both text (a single character) and attributes, including a
color pair. add_wch() is the wide-character version of this function,
taking a pointer to a cchar_t instead of a chtype.
waddch() is like addch(), but also lets you specify the window. (This
is in fact the core output routine.) wadd_wch() is the wide version.
mvaddch() moves the cursor to the specified (y, x) position, and adds
ch to stdscr. mvadd_wch() is the wide version.
mvwaddch() moves the cursor to the specified position and adds ch to
the specified window. mvwadd_wch() is the wide version.
echochar() adds ch to stdscr at the current cursor position and calls
refresh(). echo_wchar() is the wide version.
wechochar() adds ch to the specified window and calls wrefresh().
wecho_wchar() is the wide version.
addrawch(), waddrawch(), mvaddrawch() and mvwaddrawch() are PDCurses-
specific wrappers for addch() etc. that disable the translation of
control characters.
The following applies to all these functions:
If the cursor moves on to the right margin, an automatic newline is
performed. If scrollok is enabled, and a character is added to the
bottom right corner of the window, the scrolling region will be
scrolled up one line. If scrolling is not allowed, ERR will be
returned.
If ch is a tab, newline, or backspace, the cursor will be moved
appropriately within the window. If ch is a newline, the clrtoeol
routine is called before the cursor is moved to the beginning of the
next line. If newline mapping is off, the cursor will be moved to
the next line, but the x coordinate will be unchanged. If ch is a
tab the cursor is moved to the next tab position within the window.
If ch is another control character, it will be drawn in the ^X
notation. Calling the inch() routine after adding a control
character returns the representation of the control character, not
the control character.
Video attributes can be combined with a character by ORing them into
the parameter. Text, including attributes, can be copied from one
place to another by using inch() and addch().
Note that in PDCurses, for now, a cchar_t and a chtype are the same.
The text field is 16 bits wide, and is treated as Unicode (UCS-2)
when PDCurses is built with wide-character support (define PDC_WIDE).
So, in functions that take a chtype, like addch(), both the wide and
narrow versions will handle Unicode. But for portability, you should
use the wide functions.
### Return Value
All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
addch Y Y Y
waddch Y Y Y
mvaddch Y Y Y
mvwaddch Y Y Y
echochar Y Y Y
wechochar Y Y Y
add_wch Y Y Y
wadd_wch Y Y Y
mvadd_wch Y Y Y
mvwadd_wch Y Y Y
echo_wchar Y Y Y
wecho_wchar Y Y Y
addrawch - - -
waddrawch - - -
mvaddrawch - - -
mvwaddrawch - - -
**man-end****************************************************************/
int waddch(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch)
{
int x, y;
chtype text, attr;
bool xlat;
PDC_LOG(("waddch() - called: win=%p ch=%x (text=%c attr=0x%x)\n",
win, ch, ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES));
if (!win || !SP)
return ERR;
x = win->_curx;
y = win->_cury;
if (y > win->_maxy || x > win->_maxx || y < 0 || x < 0)
return ERR;
xlat = !SP->raw_out && !(ch & A_ALTCHARSET);
text = ch & A_CHARTEXT;
attr = ch & A_ATTRIBUTES;
if (xlat && (text < ' ' || text == 0x7f))
{
int x2;
switch (text)
{
case '\t':
for (x2 = ((x / TABSIZE) + 1) * TABSIZE; x < x2; x++)
{
if (waddch(win, attr | ' ') == ERR)
return ERR;
/* if tab to next line, exit the loop */
if (!win->_curx)
break;
}
return OK;
case '\n':
/* if lf -> crlf */
if (!SP->raw_out)
x = 0;
wclrtoeol(win);
if (++y > win->_bmarg)
{
y--;
if (wscrl(win, 1) == ERR)
return ERR;
}
break;
case '\b':
/* don't back over left margin */
if (--x < 0)
case '\r':
x = 0;
break;
case 0x7f:
if (waddch(win, attr | '^') == ERR)
return ERR;
return waddch(win, attr | '?');
default:
/* handle control chars */
if (waddch(win, attr | '^') == ERR)
return ERR;
return waddch(win, ch + '@');
}
}
else
{
/* If the incoming character doesn't have its own attribute,
then use the current attributes for the window. If it has
attributes but not a color component, OR the attributes to
the current attributes for the window. If it has a color
component, use the attributes solely from the incoming
character. */
if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
attr |= win->_attrs;
/* wrs (4/10/93): Apply the same sort of logic for the window
background, in that it only takes precedence if other color
attributes are not there and that the background character
will only print if the printing character is blank. */
if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
attr |= win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES;
else
attr |= win->_bkgd & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR);
if (text == ' ')
text = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT;
/* Add the attribute back into the character. */
text |= attr;
/* Only change _firstch/_lastch if the character to be added is
different from the character/attribute that is already in
that position in the window. */
if (win->_y[y][x] != text)
{
if (win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE)
win->_firstch[y] = win->_lastch[y] = x;
else
if (x < win->_firstch[y])
win->_firstch[y] = x;
else
if (x > win->_lastch[y])
win->_lastch[y] = x;
win->_y[y][x] = text;
}
if (++x >= win->_maxx)
{
/* wrap around test */
x = 0;
if (++y > win->_bmarg)
{
y--;
if (wscrl(win, 1) == ERR)
{
PDC_sync(win);
return ERR;
}
}
}
}
win->_curx = x;
win->_cury = y;
if (win->_immed)
wrefresh(win);
if (win->_sync)
wsyncup(win);
return OK;
}
int addch(const chtype ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("addch() - called: ch=%x\n", ch));
return waddch(stdscr, ch);
}
int mvaddch(int y, int x, const chtype ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvaddch() - called: y=%d x=%d ch=%x\n", y, x, ch));
if (move(y,x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return waddch(stdscr, ch);
}
int mvwaddch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwaddch() - called: win=%p y=%d x=%d ch=%d\n", win, y, x, ch));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return waddch(win, ch);
}
int echochar(const chtype ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("echochar() - called: ch=%x\n", ch));
return wechochar(stdscr, ch);
}
int wechochar(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("wechochar() - called: win=%p ch=%x\n", win, ch));
if (waddch(win, ch) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wrefresh(win);
}
int waddrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("waddrawch() - called: win=%p ch=%x (text=%c attr=0x%x)\n",
win, ch, ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES));
if ((ch & A_CHARTEXT) < ' ' || (ch & A_CHARTEXT) == 0x7f)
ch |= A_ALTCHARSET;
return waddch(win, ch);
}
int addrawch(chtype ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("addrawch() - called: ch=%x\n", ch));
return waddrawch(stdscr, ch);
}
int mvaddrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvaddrawch() - called: y=%d x=%d ch=%d\n", y, x, ch));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return waddrawch(stdscr, ch);
}
int mvwaddrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwaddrawch() - called: win=%p y=%d x=%d ch=%d\n",
win, y, x, ch));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return waddrawch(win, ch);
}
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
int wadd_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("wadd_wch() - called: win=%p wch=%x\n", win, *wch));
return wch ? waddch(win, *wch) : ERR;
}
int add_wch(const cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("add_wch() - called: wch=%x\n", *wch));
return wadd_wch(stdscr, wch);
}
int mvadd_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvaddch() - called: y=%d x=%d wch=%x\n", y, x, *wch));
if (move(y,x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wadd_wch(stdscr, wch);
}
int mvwadd_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwaddch() - called: win=%p y=%d x=%d wch=%d\n",
win, y, x, *wch));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wadd_wch(win, wch);
}
int echo_wchar(const cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("echo_wchar() - called: wch=%x\n", *wch));
return wecho_wchar(stdscr, wch);
}
int wecho_wchar(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("wecho_wchar() - called: win=%p wch=%x\n", win, *wch));
if (!wch || (wadd_wch(win, wch) == ERR))
return ERR;
return wrefresh(win);
}
#endif

244
pdcurses/addchstr.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
addchstr
--------
### Synopsis
int addchstr(const chtype *ch);
int addchnstr(const chtype *ch, int n);
int waddchstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch);
int waddchnstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch, int n);
int mvaddchstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch);
int mvaddchnstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n);
int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, const chtype *ch);
int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n);
int add_wchstr(const cchar_t *wch);
int add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *wch, int n);
int wadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
int wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
int mvadd_wchstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
int mvadd_wchnstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
int mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
int mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch,
int n);
### Description
These routines write a chtype or cchar_t string directly into the
window structure, starting at the current or specified position. The
four routines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements,
but no more than will fit on the line. If n == -1 then the whole
string is copied, up to the maximum number that will fit on the line.
The cursor position is not advanced. These routines do not check for
newline or other special characters, nor does any line wrapping
occur.
### Return Value
All functions return OK or ERR.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
addchstr Y Y Y
waddchstr Y Y Y
mvaddchstr Y Y Y
mvwaddchstr Y Y Y
addchnstr Y Y Y
waddchnstr Y Y Y
mvaddchnstr Y Y Y
mvwaddchnstr Y Y Y
add_wchstr Y Y Y
wadd_wchstr Y Y Y
mvadd_wchstr Y Y Y
mvwadd_wchstr Y Y Y
add_wchnstr Y Y Y
wadd_wchnstr Y Y Y
mvadd_wchnstr Y Y Y
mvwadd_wchnstr Y Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
#include <string.h>
int waddchnstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch, int n)
{
int y, x, maxx, minx;
chtype *ptr;
PDC_LOG(("waddchnstr() - called: win=%p n=%d\n", win, n));
if (!win || !ch || !n || n < -1)
return ERR;
x = win->_curx;
y = win->_cury;
ptr = &(win->_y[y][x]);
if (n == -1 || n > win->_maxx - x)
n = win->_maxx - x;
minx = win->_firstch[y];
maxx = win->_lastch[y];
for (; n && *ch; n--, x++, ptr++, ch++)
{
if (*ptr != *ch)
{
if (x < minx || minx == _NO_CHANGE)
minx = x;
if (x > maxx)
maxx = x;
PDC_LOG(("y %d x %d minx %d maxx %d *ptr %x *ch"
" %x firstch: %d lastch: %d\n",
y, x, minx, maxx, *ptr, *ch,
win->_firstch[y], win->_lastch[y]));
*ptr = *ch;
}
}
win->_firstch[y] = minx;
win->_lastch[y] = maxx;
return OK;
}
int addchstr(const chtype *ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("addchstr() - called\n"));
return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, -1);
}
int addchnstr(const chtype *ch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("addchnstr() - called\n"));
return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, n);
}
int waddchstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("waddchstr() - called: win=%p\n", win));
return waddchnstr(win, ch, -1);
}
int mvaddchstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvaddchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, -1);
}
int mvaddchnstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvaddchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, n);
}
int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwaddchstr() - called:\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return waddchnstr(win, ch, -1);
}
int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwaddchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return waddchnstr(win, ch, n);
}
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
int wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("wadd_wchnstr() - called: win=%p n=%d\n", win, n));
return waddchnstr(win, wch, n);
}
int add_wchstr(const cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("add_wchstr() - called\n"));
return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, -1);
}
int add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *wch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("add_wchnstr() - called\n"));
return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n);
}
int wadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("wadd_wchstr() - called: win=%p\n", win));
return wadd_wchnstr(win, wch, -1);
}
int mvadd_wchstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvadd_wchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, -1);
}
int mvadd_wchnstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvadd_wchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n);
}
int mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwadd_wchstr() - called:\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wadd_wchnstr(win, wch, -1);
}
int mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwadd_wchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wadd_wchnstr(win, wch, n);
}
#endif

239
pdcurses/addstr.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
addstr
------
### Synopsis
int addstr(const char *str);
int addnstr(const char *str, int n);
int waddstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);
int waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);
int mvaddstr(int y, int x, const char *str);
int mvaddnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);
int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
int addwstr(const wchar_t *wstr);
int addnwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
int waddwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr);
int waddnwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
int mvaddwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
int mvaddnwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
int mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
int mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
### Description
These routines write all the characters of the null-terminated string
str or wide-character string wstr to the given window. The
functionality is similar to calling waddch() once for each character
in the string; except that, when PDCurses is built with wide-
character support enabled, the narrow-character functions treat the
string as a multibyte string in the current locale, and convert it.
The routines with n as the last argument write at most n characters;
if n is negative, then the entire string will be added.
### Return Value
All functions return OK or ERR.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
addstr Y Y Y
waddstr Y Y Y
mvaddstr Y Y Y
mvwaddstr Y Y Y
addnstr Y Y Y
waddnstr Y Y Y
mvaddnstr Y Y Y
mvwaddnstr Y Y Y
addwstr Y Y Y
waddwstr Y Y Y
mvaddwstr Y Y Y
mvwaddwstr Y Y Y
addnwstr Y Y Y
waddnwstr Y Y Y
mvaddnwstr Y Y Y
mvwaddnwstr Y Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
int waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n)
{
int i = 0;
PDC_LOG(("waddnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n));
if (!win || !str)
return ERR;
while (str[i] && (i < n || n < 0))
{
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
wchar_t wch;
int retval = PDC_mbtowc(&wch, str + i, n >= 0 ? n - i : 6);
if (retval <= 0)
return OK;
i += retval;
#else
chtype wch = (unsigned char)(str[i++]);
#endif
if (waddch(win, wch) == ERR)
return ERR;
}
return OK;
}
int addstr(const char *str)
{
PDC_LOG(("addstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
return waddnstr(stdscr, str, -1);
}
int addnstr(const char *str, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("addnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n));
return waddnstr(stdscr, str, n);
}
int waddstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str)
{
PDC_LOG(("waddstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
return waddnstr(win, str, -1);
}
int mvaddstr(int y, int x, const char *str)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvaddstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\"\n", y, x, str));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return waddnstr(stdscr, str, -1);
}
int mvaddnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvaddnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n",
y, x, str, n));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return waddnstr(stdscr, str, n);
}
int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwaddstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return waddnstr(win, str, -1);
}
int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwaddnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n",
y, x, str, n));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return waddnstr(win, str, n);
}
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
int waddnwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
{
int i = 0;
PDC_LOG(("waddnwstr() - called\n"));
if (!win || !wstr)
return ERR;
while (wstr[i] && (i < n || n < 0))
{
chtype wch = wstr[i++];
if (waddch(win, wch) == ERR)
return ERR;
}
return OK;
}
int addwstr(const wchar_t *wstr)
{
PDC_LOG(("addwstr() - called\n"));
return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1);
}
int addnwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("addnwstr() - called\n"));
return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
}
int waddwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr)
{
PDC_LOG(("waddwstr() - called\n"));
return waddnwstr(win, wstr, -1);
}
int mvaddwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvaddstr() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1);
}
int mvaddnwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvaddnstr() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
}
int mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwaddstr() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return waddnwstr(win, wstr, -1);
}
int mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwaddnstr() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return waddnwstr(win, wstr, n);
}
#endif

409
pdcurses/attr.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,409 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
attr
----
### Synopsis
int attroff(chtype attrs);
int wattroff(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs);
int attron(chtype attrs);
int wattron(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs);
int attrset(chtype attrs);
int wattrset(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs);
int standend(void);
int wstandend(WINDOW *win);
int standout(void);
int wstandout(WINDOW *win);
int color_set(short color_pair, void *opts);
int wcolor_set(WINDOW *win, short color_pair, void *opts);
int attr_get(attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair, void *opts);
int attr_off(attr_t attrs, void *opts);
int attr_on(attr_t attrs, void *opts);
int attr_set(attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts);
int wattr_get(WINDOW *win, attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair,
void *opts);
int wattr_off(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts);
int wattr_on(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts);
int wattr_set(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, short color_pair,
void *opts);
int chgat(int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts);
int mvchgat(int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, short color,
const void *opts);
int mvwchgat(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr,
short color, const void *opts);
int wchgat(WINDOW *win, int n, attr_t attr, short color,
const void *opts);
chtype getattrs(WINDOW *win);
int underend(void);
int wunderend(WINDOW *win);
int underscore(void);
int wunderscore(WINDOW *win);
### Description
These functions manipulate the current attributes and/or colors of
the named window. These attributes can be any combination of
A_STANDOUT, A_REVERSE, A_BOLD, A_DIM, A_BLINK, A_UNDERLINE. These
constants are defined in <curses.h> and can be combined with the
bitwise-OR operator (|).
The current attributes of a window are applied to all chtypes that
are written into the window with waddch(). Attributes are a property
of the chtype, and move with the character through any scrolling or
insert/delete operations.
wattrset() sets the current attributes of the given window to attrs.
attrset() is the stdscr version.
wattroff() turns off the named attributes without affecting any other
attributes; wattron() turns them on.
wcolor_set() sets the window color to the value of color_pair. opts
is unused.
standout() is the same as attron(A_STANDOUT). standend() is the same
as attrset(A_NORMAL); that is, it turns off all attributes.
The attr_* and wattr_* functions are intended for use with the WA_*
attributes. In PDCurses, these are the same as A_*, and there is no
difference in bevahior from the chtype-based functions. In all cases,
opts is unused.
wattr_get() retrieves the attributes and color pair for the specified
window.
wchgat() sets the color pair and attributes for the next n cells on
the current line of a given window, without changing the existing
text, or alterting the window's attributes. An n of -1 extends the
change to the edge of the window. The changes take effect
immediately. opts is unused.
wunderscore() turns on the A_UNDERLINE attribute; wunderend() turns
it off. underscore() and underend() are the stdscr versions.
### Return Value
All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
attroff Y Y Y
wattroff Y Y Y
attron Y Y Y
wattron Y Y Y
attrset Y Y Y
wattrset Y Y Y
standend Y Y Y
wstandend Y Y Y
standout Y Y Y
wstandout Y Y Y
color_set Y Y Y
wcolor_set Y Y Y
attr_get Y Y Y
wattr_get Y Y Y
attr_on Y Y Y
wattr_on Y Y Y
attr_off Y Y Y
wattr_off Y Y Y
attr_set Y Y Y
wattr_set Y Y Y
chgat Y Y Y
wchgat Y Y Y
mvchgat Y Y Y
mvwchgat Y Y Y
getattrs - Y Y
underend - - Y
wunderend - - Y
underscore - - Y
wunderscore - - Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
int wattroff(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs)
{
PDC_LOG(("wattroff() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
win->_attrs &= (~attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES);
return OK;
}
int attroff(chtype attrs)
{
PDC_LOG(("attroff() - called\n"));
return wattroff(stdscr, attrs);
}
int wattron(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs)
{
chtype newcolr, oldcolr, newattr, oldattr;
PDC_LOG(("wattron() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
if ((win->_attrs & A_COLOR) && (attrs & A_COLOR))
{
oldcolr = win->_attrs & A_COLOR;
oldattr = win->_attrs ^ oldcolr;
newcolr = attrs & A_COLOR;
newattr = (attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES) ^ newcolr;
newattr |= oldattr;
win->_attrs = newattr | newcolr;
}
else
win->_attrs |= (attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES);
return OK;
}
int attron(chtype attrs)
{
PDC_LOG(("attron() - called\n"));
return wattron(stdscr, attrs);
}
int wattrset(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs)
{
PDC_LOG(("wattrset() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
win->_attrs = attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES;
return OK;
}
int attrset(chtype attrs)
{
PDC_LOG(("attrset() - called\n"));
return wattrset(stdscr, attrs);
}
int standend(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("standend() - called\n"));
return wattrset(stdscr, A_NORMAL);
}
int standout(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("standout() - called\n"));
return wattrset(stdscr, A_STANDOUT);
}
int wstandend(WINDOW *win)
{
PDC_LOG(("wstandend() - called\n"));
return wattrset(win, A_NORMAL);
}
int wstandout(WINDOW *win)
{
PDC_LOG(("wstandout() - called\n"));
return wattrset(win, A_STANDOUT);
}
chtype getattrs(WINDOW *win)
{
return win ? win->_attrs : 0;
}
int wcolor_set(WINDOW *win, short color_pair, void *opts)
{
PDC_LOG(("wcolor_set() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
win->_attrs = (win->_attrs & ~A_COLOR) | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair);
return OK;
}
int color_set(short color_pair, void *opts)
{
PDC_LOG(("color_set() - called\n"));
return wcolor_set(stdscr, color_pair, opts);
}
int wattr_get(WINDOW *win, attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair, void *opts)
{
PDC_LOG(("wattr_get() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
if (attrs)
*attrs = win->_attrs & (A_ATTRIBUTES & ~A_COLOR);
if (color_pair)
*color_pair = PAIR_NUMBER(win->_attrs);
return OK;
}
int attr_get(attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair, void *opts)
{
PDC_LOG(("attr_get() - called\n"));
return wattr_get(stdscr, attrs, color_pair, opts);
}
int wattr_off(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts)
{
PDC_LOG(("wattr_off() - called\n"));
return wattroff(win, attrs);
}
int attr_off(attr_t attrs, void *opts)
{
PDC_LOG(("attr_off() - called\n"));
return wattroff(stdscr, attrs);
}
int wattr_on(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts)
{
PDC_LOG(("wattr_off() - called\n"));
return wattron(win, attrs);
}
int attr_on(attr_t attrs, void *opts)
{
PDC_LOG(("attr_on() - called\n"));
return wattron(stdscr, attrs);
}
int wattr_set(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts)
{
PDC_LOG(("wattr_set() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
win->_attrs = (attrs & (A_ATTRIBUTES & ~A_COLOR)) | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair);
return OK;
}
int attr_set(attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts)
{
PDC_LOG(("attr_get() - called\n"));
return wattr_set(stdscr, attrs, color_pair, opts);
}
int wchgat(WINDOW *win, int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts)
{
chtype *dest, newattr;
int startpos, endpos;
PDC_LOG(("wchgat() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
newattr = (attr & A_ATTRIBUTES) | COLOR_PAIR(color);
startpos = win->_curx;
endpos = ((n < 0) ? win->_maxx : min(startpos + n, win->_maxx)) - 1;
dest = win->_y[win->_cury];
for (n = startpos; n <= endpos; n++)
dest[n] = (dest[n] & A_CHARTEXT) | newattr;
n = win->_cury;
if (startpos < win->_firstch[n] || win->_firstch[n] == _NO_CHANGE)
win->_firstch[n] = startpos;
if (endpos > win->_lastch[n])
win->_lastch[n] = endpos;
PDC_sync(win);
return OK;
}
int chgat(int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts)
{
PDC_LOG(("chgat() - called\n"));
return wchgat(stdscr, n, attr, color, opts);
}
int mvchgat(int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvchgat() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wchgat(stdscr, n, attr, color, opts);
}
int mvwchgat(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, short color,
const void *opts)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwchgat() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wchgat(win, n, attr, color, opts);
}
int underend(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("underend() - called\n"));
return wattroff(stdscr, A_UNDERLINE);
}
int wunderend(WINDOW *win)
{
PDC_LOG(("wunderend() - called\n"));
return wattroff(win, A_UNDERLINE);
}
int underscore(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("underscore() - called\n"));
return wattron(stdscr, A_UNDERLINE);
}
int wunderscore(WINDOW *win)
{
PDC_LOG(("wunderscore() - called\n"));
return wattron(win, A_UNDERLINE);
}

74
pdcurses/beep.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
beep
----
### Synopsis
int beep(void);
int flash(void);
### Description
beep() sounds the audible bell on the terminal, if possible; if not,
it calls flash().
flash() "flashes" the screen, by inverting the foreground and
background of every cell, pausing, and then restoring the original
attributes.
### Return Value
These functions return ERR if called before initscr(), otherwise OK.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
beep Y Y Y
flash Y Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
int beep(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("beep() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
if (SP->audible)
PDC_beep();
else
flash();
return OK;
}
int flash(void)
{
int z, y, x;
PDC_LOG(("flash() - called\n"));
if (!curscr)
return ERR;
/* Reverse each cell; wait; restore the screen */
for (z = 0; z < 2; z++)
{
for (y = 0; y < LINES; y++)
for (x = 0; x < COLS; x++)
curscr->_y[y][x] ^= A_REVERSE;
wrefresh(curscr);
if (!z)
napms(50);
}
return OK;
}

226
pdcurses/bkgd.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
bkgd
----
### Synopsis
int bkgd(chtype ch);
void bkgdset(chtype ch);
chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *win);
int wbkgd(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
void wbkgdset(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
int bkgrnd(const cchar_t *wch);
void bkgrndset(const cchar_t *wch);
int getbkgrnd(cchar_t *wch);
int wbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
void wbkgrndset(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
int wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch);
### Description
bkgdset() and wbkgdset() manipulate the background of a window. The
background is a chtype consisting of any combination of attributes
and a character; it is combined with each chtype added or inserted to
the window by waddch() or winsch(). Only the attribute part is used
to set the background of non-blank characters, while both character
and attributes are used for blank positions.
bkgd() and wbkgd() not only change the background, but apply it
immediately to every cell in the window.
wbkgrnd(), wbkgrndset() and wgetbkgrnd() are the "wide-character"
versions of these functions, taking a pointer to a cchar_t instead of
a chtype. However, in PDCurses, cchar_t and chtype are the same.
The attributes that are defined with the attrset()/attron() set of
functions take precedence over the background attributes if there is
a conflict (e.g., different color pairs).
### Return Value
bkgd() and wbkgd() return OK, unless the window is NULL, in which
case they return ERR.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
bkgd Y Y Y
bkgdset Y Y Y
getbkgd Y Y Y
wbkgd Y Y Y
wbkgdset Y Y Y
bkgrnd Y Y Y
bkgrndset Y Y Y
getbkgrnd Y Y Y
wbkgrnd Y Y Y
wbkgrndset Y Y Y
wgetbkgrnd Y Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
int wbkgd(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
{
int x, y;
chtype oldcolr, oldch, newcolr, newch, colr, attr;
chtype oldattr = 0, newattr = 0;
chtype *winptr;
PDC_LOG(("wbkgd() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
if (win->_bkgd == ch)
return OK;
oldcolr = win->_bkgd & A_COLOR;
if (oldcolr)
oldattr = (win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES) ^ oldcolr;
oldch = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT;
wbkgdset(win, ch);
newcolr = win->_bkgd & A_COLOR;
if (newcolr)
newattr = (win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES) ^ newcolr;
newch = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT;
/* what follows is what seems to occur in the System V
implementation of this routine */
for (y = 0; y < win->_maxy; y++)
{
for (x = 0; x < win->_maxx; x++)
{
winptr = win->_y[y] + x;
ch = *winptr;
/* determine the colors and attributes of the character read
from the window */
colr = ch & A_COLOR;
attr = ch & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR);
/* if the color is the same as the old background color,
then make it the new background color, otherwise leave it */
if (colr == oldcolr)
colr = newcolr;
/* remove any attributes (non color) from the character that
were part of the old background, then combine the
remaining ones with the new background */
attr ^= oldattr;
attr |= newattr;
/* change character if it is there because it was the old
background character */
ch &= A_CHARTEXT;
if (ch == oldch)
ch = newch;
ch |= (attr | colr);
*winptr = ch;
}
}
touchwin(win);
PDC_sync(win);
return OK;
}
int bkgd(chtype ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("bkgd() - called\n"));
return wbkgd(stdscr, ch);
}
void wbkgdset(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("wbkgdset() - called\n"));
if (win)
{
if (!(ch & A_CHARTEXT))
ch |= ' ';
win->_bkgd = ch;
}
}
void bkgdset(chtype ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("bkgdset() - called\n"));
wbkgdset(stdscr, ch);
}
chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *win)
{
PDC_LOG(("getbkgd() - called\n"));
return win ? win->_bkgd : (chtype)ERR;
}
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
int wbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("wbkgrnd() - called\n"));
return wch ? wbkgd(win, *wch) : ERR;
}
int bkgrnd(const cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("bkgrnd() - called\n"));
return wbkgrnd(stdscr, wch);
}
void wbkgrndset(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("wbkgdset() - called\n"));
if (wch)
wbkgdset(win, *wch);
}
void bkgrndset(const cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("bkgrndset() - called\n"));
wbkgrndset(stdscr, wch);
}
int wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("wgetbkgrnd() - called\n"));
if (!win || !wch)
return ERR;
*wch = win->_bkgd;
return OK;
}
int getbkgrnd(cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("getbkgrnd() - called\n"));
return wgetbkgrnd(stdscr, wch);
}
#endif

414
pdcurses/border.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
border
------
### Synopsis
int border(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl,
chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br);
int wborder(WINDOW *win, chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts,
chtype bs, chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br);
int box(WINDOW *win, chtype verch, chtype horch);
int hline(chtype ch, int n);
int vline(chtype ch, int n);
int whline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);
int wvline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);
int mvhline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
int mvvline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
int mvwhline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
int mvwvline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
int border_set(const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs,
const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs,
const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr,
const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br);
int wborder_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs,
const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs,
const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr,
const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br);
int box_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *verch, const cchar_t *horch);
int hline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n);
int vline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n);
int whline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
int wvline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
int mvhline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
int mvvline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
int mvwhline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
int mvwvline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
### Description
border(), wborder(), and box() draw a border around the edge of the
window. If any argument is zero, an appropriate default is used:
ls left side of border ACS_VLINE
rs right side of border ACS_VLINE
ts top side of border ACS_HLINE
bs bottom side of border ACS_HLINE
tl top left corner of border ACS_ULCORNER
tr top right corner of border ACS_URCORNER
bl bottom left corner of border ACS_LLCORNER
br bottom right corner of border ACS_LRCORNER
hline() and whline() draw a horizontal line, using ch, starting from
the current cursor position. The cursor position does not change. The
line is at most n characters long, or as many as will fit in the
window.
vline() and wvline() draw a vertical line, using ch, starting from
the current cursor position. The cursor position does not change. The
line is at most n characters long, or as many as will fit in the
window.
The *_set functions are the "wide-character" versions, taking
pointers to cchar_t instead of chtype. Note that in PDCurses, chtype
and cchar_t are the same.
### Return Value
These functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
border Y Y Y
wborder Y Y Y
box Y Y Y
hline Y Y Y
vline Y Y Y
whline Y Y Y
wvline Y Y Y
mvhline Y Y Y
mvvline Y Y Y
mvwhline Y Y Y
mvwvline Y Y Y
border_set Y Y Y
wborder_set Y Y Y
box_set Y Y Y
hline_set Y Y Y
vline_set Y Y Y
whline_set Y Y Y
wvline_set Y Y Y
mvhline_set Y Y Y
mvvline_set Y Y Y
mvwhline_set Y Y Y
mvwvline_set Y Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
/* _attr_passthru() -- Takes a single chtype 'ch' and checks if the
current attribute of window 'win', as set by wattrset(), and/or the
current background of win, as set by wbkgd(), should by combined with
it. Attributes set explicitly in ch take precedence. */
static chtype _attr_passthru(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
{
chtype attr;
/* If the incoming character doesn't have its own attribute, then
use the current attributes for the window. If the incoming
character has attributes, but not a color component, OR the
attributes to the current attributes for the window. If the
incoming character has a color component, use only the attributes
from the incoming character. */
attr = ch & A_ATTRIBUTES;
if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
attr |= win->_attrs;
/* wrs (4/10/93) -- Apply the same sort of logic for the window
background, in that it only takes precedence if other color
attributes are not there. */
if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
attr |= win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES;
else
attr |= win->_bkgd & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR);
ch = (ch & A_CHARTEXT) | attr;
return ch;
}
int wborder(WINDOW *win, chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs,
chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br)
{
int i, ymax, xmax;
PDC_LOG(("wborder() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
ymax = win->_maxy - 1;
xmax = win->_maxx - 1;
ls = _attr_passthru(win, ls ? ls : ACS_VLINE);
rs = _attr_passthru(win, rs ? rs : ACS_VLINE);
ts = _attr_passthru(win, ts ? ts : ACS_HLINE);
bs = _attr_passthru(win, bs ? bs : ACS_HLINE);
tl = _attr_passthru(win, tl ? tl : ACS_ULCORNER);
tr = _attr_passthru(win, tr ? tr : ACS_URCORNER);
bl = _attr_passthru(win, bl ? bl : ACS_LLCORNER);
br = _attr_passthru(win, br ? br : ACS_LRCORNER);
for (i = 1; i < xmax; i++)
{
win->_y[0][i] = ts;
win->_y[ymax][i] = bs;
}
for (i = 1; i < ymax; i++)
{
win->_y[i][0] = ls;
win->_y[i][xmax] = rs;
}
win->_y[0][0] = tl;
win->_y[0][xmax] = tr;
win->_y[ymax][0] = bl;
win->_y[ymax][xmax] = br;
for (i = 0; i <= ymax; i++)
{
win->_firstch[i] = 0;
win->_lastch[i] = xmax;
}
PDC_sync(win);
return OK;
}
int border(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl,
chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br)
{
PDC_LOG(("border() - called\n"));
return wborder(stdscr, ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br);
}
int box(WINDOW *win, chtype verch, chtype horch)
{
PDC_LOG(("box() - called\n"));
return wborder(win, verch, verch, horch, horch, 0, 0, 0, 0);
}
int whline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n)
{
chtype *dest;
int startpos, endpos;
PDC_LOG(("whline() - called\n"));
if (!win || n < 1)
return ERR;
startpos = win->_curx;
endpos = min(startpos + n, win->_maxx) - 1;
dest = win->_y[win->_cury];
ch = _attr_passthru(win, ch ? ch : ACS_HLINE);
for (n = startpos; n <= endpos; n++)
dest[n] = ch;
n = win->_cury;
if (startpos < win->_firstch[n] || win->_firstch[n] == _NO_CHANGE)
win->_firstch[n] = startpos;
if (endpos > win->_lastch[n])
win->_lastch[n] = endpos;
PDC_sync(win);
return OK;
}
int hline(chtype ch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("hline() - called\n"));
return whline(stdscr, ch, n);
}
int mvhline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvhline() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return whline(stdscr, ch, n);
}
int mvwhline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwhline() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return whline(win, ch, n);
}
int wvline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n)
{
int endpos, x;
PDC_LOG(("wvline() - called\n"));
if (!win || n < 1)
return ERR;
endpos = min(win->_cury + n, win->_maxy);
x = win->_curx;
ch = _attr_passthru(win, ch ? ch : ACS_VLINE);
for (n = win->_cury; n < endpos; n++)
{
win->_y[n][x] = ch;
if (x < win->_firstch[n] || win->_firstch[n] == _NO_CHANGE)
win->_firstch[n] = x;
if (x > win->_lastch[n])
win->_lastch[n] = x;
}
PDC_sync(win);
return OK;
}
int vline(chtype ch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("vline() - called\n"));
return wvline(stdscr, ch, n);
}
int mvvline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvvline() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wvline(stdscr, ch, n);
}
int mvwvline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwvline() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wvline(win, ch, n);
}
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
int wborder_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs,
const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs, const cchar_t *tl,
const cchar_t *tr, const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br)
{
PDC_LOG(("wborder_set() - called\n"));
return wborder(win, ls ? *ls : 0, rs ? *rs : 0, ts ? *ts : 0,
bs ? *bs : 0, tl ? *tl : 0, tr ? *tr : 0,
bl ? *bl : 0, br ? *br : 0);
}
int border_set(const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs, const cchar_t *ts,
const cchar_t *bs, const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr,
const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br)
{
PDC_LOG(("border_set() - called\n"));
return wborder_set(stdscr, ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br);
}
int box_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *verch, const cchar_t *horch)
{
PDC_LOG(("box_set() - called\n"));
return wborder_set(win, verch, verch, horch, horch,
(const cchar_t *)NULL, (const cchar_t *)NULL,
(const cchar_t *)NULL, (const cchar_t *)NULL);
}
int whline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("whline_set() - called\n"));
return wch ? whline(win, *wch, n) : ERR;
}
int hline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("hline_set() - called\n"));
return whline_set(stdscr, wch, n);
}
int mvhline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvhline_set() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return whline_set(stdscr, wch, n);
}
int mvwhline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwhline_set() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return whline_set(win, wch, n);
}
int wvline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("wvline_set() - called\n"));
return wch ? wvline(win, *wch, n) : ERR;
}
int vline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("vline_set() - called\n"));
return wvline_set(stdscr, wch, n);
}
int mvvline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvvline_set() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wvline_set(stdscr, wch, n);
}
int mvwvline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwvline_set() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wvline_set(win, wch, n);
}
#endif

159
pdcurses/clear.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
clear
-----
### Synopsis
int clear(void);
int wclear(WINDOW *win);
int erase(void);
int werase(WINDOW *win);
int clrtobot(void);
int wclrtobot(WINDOW *win);
int clrtoeol(void);
int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *win);
### Description
erase() and werase() copy blanks (i.e. the background chtype) to
every cell of the window.
clear() and wclear() are similar to erase() and werase(), but they
also call clearok() to ensure that the the window is cleared on the
next wrefresh().
clrtobot() and wclrtobot() clear the window from the current cursor
position to the end of the window.
clrtoeol() and wclrtoeol() clear the window from the current cursor
position to the end of the current line.
### Return Value
All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
clear Y Y Y
wclear Y Y Y
erase Y Y Y
werase Y Y Y
clrtobot Y Y Y
wclrtobot Y Y Y
clrtoeol Y Y Y
wclrtoeol Y Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *win)
{
int x, y, minx;
chtype blank, *ptr;
PDC_LOG(("wclrtoeol() - called: Row: %d Col: %d\n",
win->_cury, win->_curx));
if (!win)
return ERR;
y = win->_cury;
x = win->_curx;
/* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */
blank = win->_bkgd;
for (minx = x, ptr = &win->_y[y][x]; minx < win->_maxx; minx++, ptr++)
*ptr = blank;
if (x < win->_firstch[y] || win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE)
win->_firstch[y] = x;
win->_lastch[y] = win->_maxx - 1;
PDC_sync(win);
return OK;
}
int clrtoeol(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("clrtoeol() - called\n"));
return wclrtoeol(stdscr);
}
int wclrtobot(WINDOW *win)
{
int savey, savex;
PDC_LOG(("wclrtobot() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
savey = win->_cury;
savex = win->_curx;
/* should this involve scrolling region somehow ? */
if (win->_cury + 1 < win->_maxy)
{
win->_curx = 0;
win->_cury++;
for (; win->_maxy > win->_cury; win->_cury++)
wclrtoeol(win);
win->_cury = savey;
win->_curx = savex;
}
wclrtoeol(win);
PDC_sync(win);
return OK;
}
int clrtobot(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("clrtobot() - called\n"));
return wclrtobot(stdscr);
}
int werase(WINDOW *win)
{
PDC_LOG(("werase() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, 0, 0) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wclrtobot(win);
}
int erase(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("erase() - called\n"));
return werase(stdscr);
}
int wclear(WINDOW *win)
{
PDC_LOG(("wclear() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
win->_clear = TRUE;
return werase(win);
}
int clear(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("clear() - called\n"));
return wclear(stdscr);
}

362
pdcurses/color.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
color
-----
### Synopsis
bool has_colors(void);
int start_color(void);
int init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg);
int pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg);
bool can_change_color(void);
int init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue);
int color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue);
int alloc_pair(int fg, int bg);
int assume_default_colors(int f, int b);
int find_pair(int fg, int bg);
int free_pair(int pair);
int use_default_colors(void);
int PDC_set_line_color(short color);
### Description
To use these routines, first, call start_color(). Colors are always
used in pairs, referred to as color-pairs. A color-pair is created by
init_pair(), and consists of a foreground color and a background
color. After initialization, COLOR_PAIR(n) can be used like any other
video attribute.
has_colors() reports whether the terminal supports color.
start_color() initializes eight basic colors (black, red, green,
yellow, blue, magenta, cyan, and white), and two global variables:
COLORS and COLOR_PAIRS (respectively defining the maximum number of
colors and color-pairs the terminal is capable of displaying).
init_pair() changes the definition of a color-pair. It takes three
arguments: the number of the color-pair to be redefined, and the new
values of the foreground and background colors. The pair number must
be between 0 and COLOR_PAIRS - 1, inclusive. The foreground and
background must be between 0 and COLORS - 1, inclusive. If the color
pair was previously initialized, the screen is refreshed, and all
occurrences of that color-pair are changed to the new definition.
pair_content() is used to determine what the colors of a given color-
pair consist of.
can_change_color() indicates if the terminal has the capability to
change the definition of its colors.
init_color() is used to redefine a color, if possible. Each of the
components -- red, green, and blue -- is specified in a range from 0
to 1000, inclusive.
color_content() reports the current definition of a color in the same
format as used by init_color().
assume_default_colors() and use_default_colors() emulate the ncurses
extensions of the same names. assume_default_colors(f, b) is
essentially the same as init_pair(0, f, b) (which isn't allowed); it
redefines the default colors. use_default_colors() allows the use of
-1 as a foreground or background color with init_pair(), and calls
assume_default_colors(-1, -1); -1 represents the foreground or
background color that the terminal had at startup. If the environment
variable PDC_ORIGINAL_COLORS is set at the time start_color() is
called, that's equivalent to calling use_default_colors().
alloc_pair(), find_pair() and free_pair() are also from ncurses.
free_pair() marks a pair as unused; find_pair() returns an existing
pair with the specified foreground and background colors, if one
exists. And alloc_pair() returns such a pair whether or not it was
previously set, overwriting the oldest initialized pair if there are
no free pairs.
PDC_set_line_color() is used to set the color, globally, for the
color of the lines drawn for the attributes: A_UNDERLINE, A_LEFT and
A_RIGHT. A value of -1 (the default) indicates that the current
foreground color should be used.
NOTE: COLOR_PAIR() and PAIR_NUMBER() are implemented as macros.
### Return Value
Most functions return OK on success and ERR on error. has_colors()
and can_change_colors() return TRUE or FALSE. alloc_pair() and
find_pair() return a pair number, or -1 on error.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
has_colors Y Y Y
start_color Y Y Y
init_pair Y Y Y
pair_content Y Y Y
can_change_color Y Y Y
init_color Y Y Y
color_content Y Y Y
alloc_pair - Y -
assume_default_colors - Y Y
find_pair - Y -
free_pair - Y -
use_default_colors - Y Y
PDC_set_line_color - - -
**man-end****************************************************************/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
int COLORS = 0;
int COLOR_PAIRS = PDC_COLOR_PAIRS;
static bool default_colors = FALSE;
static short first_col = 0;
static int allocnum = 0;
int start_color(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("start_color() - called\n"));
if (!SP || SP->mono)
return ERR;
SP->color_started = TRUE;
PDC_set_blink(FALSE); /* Also sets COLORS */
if (!default_colors && SP->orig_attr && getenv("PDC_ORIGINAL_COLORS"))
default_colors = TRUE;
PDC_init_atrtab();
return OK;
}
static void _normalize(short *fg, short *bg)
{
if (*fg == -1)
*fg = SP->orig_attr ? SP->orig_fore : COLOR_WHITE;
if (*bg == -1)
*bg = SP->orig_attr ? SP->orig_back : COLOR_BLACK;
}
static void _init_pair_core(short pair, short fg, short bg)
{
PDC_PAIR *p = SP->atrtab + pair;
_normalize(&fg, &bg);
/* To allow the PDC_PRESERVE_SCREEN option to work, we only reset
curscr if this call to init_pair() alters a color pair created by
the user. */
if (p->set)
{
if (p->f != fg || p->b != bg)
curscr->_clear = TRUE;
}
p->f = fg;
p->b = bg;
p->count = allocnum++;
p->set = TRUE;
}
int init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg)
{
PDC_LOG(("init_pair() - called: pair %d fg %d bg %d\n", pair, fg, bg));
if (!SP || !SP->color_started || pair < 1 || pair >= COLOR_PAIRS ||
fg < first_col || fg >= COLORS || bg < first_col || bg >= COLORS)
return ERR;
_init_pair_core(pair, fg, bg);
return OK;
}
bool has_colors(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("has_colors() - called\n"));
return SP ? !(SP->mono) : FALSE;
}
int init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue)
{
PDC_LOG(("init_color() - called\n"));
if (!SP || color < 0 || color >= COLORS || !PDC_can_change_color() ||
red < -1 || red > 1000 || green < -1 || green > 1000 ||
blue < -1 || blue > 1000)
return ERR;
SP->dirty = TRUE;
return PDC_init_color(color, red, green, blue);
}
int color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue)
{
PDC_LOG(("color_content() - called\n"));
if (color < 0 || color >= COLORS || !red || !green || !blue)
return ERR;
if (PDC_can_change_color())
return PDC_color_content(color, red, green, blue);
else
{
/* Simulated values for platforms that don't support palette
changing */
short maxval = (color & 8) ? 1000 : 680;
*red = (color & COLOR_RED) ? maxval : 0;
*green = (color & COLOR_GREEN) ? maxval : 0;
*blue = (color & COLOR_BLUE) ? maxval : 0;
return OK;
}
}
bool can_change_color(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("can_change_color() - called\n"));
return PDC_can_change_color();
}
int pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg)
{
PDC_LOG(("pair_content() - called\n"));
if (pair < 0 || pair >= COLOR_PAIRS || !fg || !bg)
return ERR;
*fg = SP->atrtab[pair].f;
*bg = SP->atrtab[pair].b;
return OK;
}
int assume_default_colors(int f, int b)
{
PDC_LOG(("assume_default_colors() - called: f %d b %d\n", f, b));
if (f < -1 || f >= COLORS || b < -1 || b >= COLORS)
return ERR;
if (SP->color_started)
_init_pair_core(0, f, b);
return OK;
}
int use_default_colors(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("use_default_colors() - called\n"));
default_colors = TRUE;
first_col = -1;
return assume_default_colors(-1, -1);
}
int PDC_set_line_color(short color)
{
PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_line_color() - called: %d\n", color));
if (!SP || color < -1 || color >= COLORS)
return ERR;
SP->line_color = color;
return OK;
}
void PDC_init_atrtab(void)
{
PDC_PAIR *p = SP->atrtab;
short i, fg, bg;
if (SP->color_started && !default_colors)
{
fg = COLOR_WHITE;
bg = COLOR_BLACK;
}
else
fg = bg = -1;
_normalize(&fg, &bg);
for (i = 0; i < PDC_COLOR_PAIRS; i++)
{
p[i].f = fg;
p[i].b = bg;
p[i].set = FALSE;
}
}
int free_pair(int pair)
{
if (pair < 1 || pair >= PDC_COLOR_PAIRS || !(SP->atrtab[pair].set))
return ERR;
SP->atrtab[pair].set = FALSE;
return OK;
}
int find_pair(int fg, int bg)
{
int i;
PDC_PAIR *p = SP->atrtab;
for (i = 0; i < PDC_COLOR_PAIRS; i++)
if (p[i].set && p[i].f == fg && p[i].b == bg)
return i;
return -1;
}
static int _find_oldest()
{
int i, lowind = 0, lowval = 0;
PDC_PAIR *p = SP->atrtab;
for (i = 1; i < PDC_COLOR_PAIRS; i++)
{
if (!p[i].set)
return i;
if (!lowval || (p[i].count < lowval))
{
lowind = i;
lowval = p[i].count;
}
}
return lowind;
}
int alloc_pair(int fg, int bg)
{
int i = find_pair(fg, bg);
if (-1 == i)
{
i = _find_oldest();
if (ERR == init_pair(i, fg, bg))
return -1;
}
return i;
}

106
pdcurses/debug.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
debug
-----
### Synopsis
void traceon(void);
void traceoff(void);
void PDC_debug(const char *, ...);
### Description
traceon() and traceoff() toggle the recording of debugging
information to the file "trace". Although not standard, similar
functions are in some other curses implementations.
PDC_debug() is the function that writes to the file, based on whether
traceon() has been called. It's used from the PDC_LOG() macro.
The environment variable PDC_TRACE_FLUSH controls whether the trace
file contents are fflushed after each write. The default is not. Set
it to enable this (may affect performance).
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
traceon - - -
traceoff - - -
PDC_debug - - -
**man-end****************************************************************/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <time.h>
static bool want_fflush = FALSE;
void PDC_debug(const char *fmt, ...)
{
va_list args;
char hms[9];
time_t now;
if (!SP || !SP->dbfp)
return;
time(&now);
strftime(hms, 9, "%H:%M:%S", localtime(&now));
fprintf(SP->dbfp, "At: %8.8ld - %s ", (long) clock(), hms);
va_start(args, fmt);
vfprintf(SP->dbfp, fmt, args);
va_end(args);
/* If you are crashing and losing debugging information, enable this
by setting the environment variable PDC_TRACE_FLUSH. This may
impact performance. */
if (want_fflush)
fflush(SP->dbfp);
/* If with PDC_TRACE_FLUSH enabled you are still losing logging in
crashes, you may need to add a platform-dependent mechanism to
flush the OS buffers as well (such as fsync() on POSIX) -- but
expect terrible performance. */
}
void traceon(void)
{
if (!SP)
return;
if (SP->dbfp)
fclose(SP->dbfp);
/* open debug log file append */
SP->dbfp = fopen("trace", "a");
if (!SP->dbfp)
{
fprintf(stderr, "PDC_debug(): Unable to open debug log file\n");
return;
}
if (getenv("PDC_TRACE_FLUSH"))
want_fflush = TRUE;
PDC_LOG(("traceon() - called\n"));
}
void traceoff(void)
{
if (!SP || !SP->dbfp)
return;
PDC_LOG(("traceoff() - called\n"));
fclose(SP->dbfp);
SP->dbfp = NULL;
want_fflush = FALSE;
}

96
pdcurses/delch.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
delch
-----
### Synopsis
int delch(void);
int wdelch(WINDOW *win);
int mvdelch(int y, int x);
int mvwdelch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
### Description
The character under the cursor in the window is deleted. All
characters to the right on the same line are moved to the left one
position and the last character on the line is filled with a blank.
The cursor position does not change (after moving to y, x if
coordinates are specified).
### Return Value
All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
delch Y Y Y
wdelch Y Y Y
mvdelch Y Y Y
mvwdelch Y Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
#include <string.h>
int wdelch(WINDOW *win)
{
int y, x, maxx;
chtype *temp1;
PDC_LOG(("wdelch() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
y = win->_cury;
x = win->_curx;
maxx = win->_maxx - 1;
temp1 = &win->_y[y][x];
memmove(temp1, temp1 + 1, (maxx - x) * sizeof(chtype));
/* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */
win->_y[y][maxx] = win->_bkgd;
win->_lastch[y] = maxx;
if ((win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE) || (win->_firstch[y] > x))
win->_firstch[y] = x;
PDC_sync(win);
return OK;
}
int delch(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("delch() - called\n"));
return wdelch(stdscr);
}
int mvdelch(int y, int x)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvdelch() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wdelch(stdscr);
}
int mvwdelch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwdelch() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wdelch(win);
}

211
pdcurses/deleteln.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
deleteln
--------
### Synopsis
int deleteln(void);
int wdeleteln(WINDOW *win);
int insdelln(int n);
int winsdelln(WINDOW *win, int n);
int insertln(void);
int winsertln(WINDOW *win);
int mvdeleteln(int y, int x);
int mvwdeleteln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
int mvinsertln(int y, int x);
int mvwinsertln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
### Description
With the deleteln() and wdeleteln() functions, the line under the
cursor in the window is deleted. All lines below the current line are
moved up one line. The bottom line of the window is cleared. The
cursor position does not change.
With the insertln() and winsertn() functions, a blank line is
inserted above the current line and the bottom line is lost.
mvdeleteln(), mvwdeleteln(), mvinsertln() and mvwinsertln() allow
moving the cursor and inserting/deleting in one call.
### Return Value
All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
deleteln Y Y Y
wdeleteln Y Y Y
mvdeleteln - - -
mvwdeleteln - - -
insdelln Y Y Y
winsdelln Y Y Y
insertln Y Y Y
winsertln Y Y Y
mvinsertln - - -
mvwinsertln - - -
**man-end****************************************************************/
int wdeleteln(WINDOW *win)
{
chtype blank, *temp, *ptr;
int y;
PDC_LOG(("wdeleteln() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
/* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */
blank = win->_bkgd;
temp = win->_y[win->_cury];
for (y = win->_cury; y < win->_bmarg; y++)
{
win->_y[y] = win->_y[y + 1];
win->_firstch[y] = 0;
win->_lastch[y] = win->_maxx - 1;
}
for (ptr = temp; (ptr - temp < win->_maxx); ptr++)
*ptr = blank; /* make a blank line */
if (win->_cury <= win->_bmarg)
{
win->_firstch[win->_bmarg] = 0;
win->_lastch[win->_bmarg] = win->_maxx - 1;
win->_y[win->_bmarg] = temp;
}
return OK;
}
int deleteln(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("deleteln() - called\n"));
return wdeleteln(stdscr);
}
int mvdeleteln(int y, int x)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvdeleteln() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wdeleteln(stdscr);
}
int mvwdeleteln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwdeleteln() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wdeleteln(win);
}
int winsdelln(WINDOW *win, int n)
{
int i;
PDC_LOG(("winsdelln() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
if (n > 0)
{
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
if (winsertln(win) == ERR)
return ERR;
}
else if (n < 0)
{
n = -n;
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
if (wdeleteln(win) == ERR)
return ERR;
}
return OK;
}
int insdelln(int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("insdelln() - called\n"));
return winsdelln(stdscr, n);
}
int winsertln(WINDOW *win)
{
chtype blank, *temp, *end;
int y;
PDC_LOG(("winsertln() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
/* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */
blank = win->_bkgd;
temp = win->_y[win->_maxy - 1];
for (y = win->_maxy - 1; y > win->_cury; y--)
{
win->_y[y] = win->_y[y - 1];
win->_firstch[y] = 0;
win->_lastch[y] = win->_maxx - 1;
}
win->_y[win->_cury] = temp;
for (end = &temp[win->_maxx - 1]; temp <= end; temp++)
*temp = blank;
win->_firstch[win->_cury] = 0;
win->_lastch[win->_cury] = win->_maxx - 1;
return OK;
}
int insertln(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("insertln() - called\n"));
return winsertln(stdscr);
}
int mvinsertln(int y, int x)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvinsertln() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return winsertln(stdscr);
}
int mvwinsertln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwinsertln() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return winsertln(win);
}

589
pdcurses/getch.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,589 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
getch
-----
### Synopsis
int getch(void);
int wgetch(WINDOW *win);
int mvgetch(int y, int x);
int mvwgetch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
int ungetch(int ch);
int flushinp(void);
int get_wch(wint_t *wch);
int wget_wch(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wch);
int mvget_wch(int y, int x, wint_t *wch);
int mvwget_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wch);
int unget_wch(const wchar_t wch);
unsigned long PDC_get_key_modifiers(void);
int PDC_return_key_modifiers(bool flag);
### Description
With the getch(), wgetch(), mvgetch(), and mvwgetch() functions, a
character is read from the terminal associated with the window. In
nodelay mode, if there is no input waiting, the value ERR is
returned. In delay mode, the program will hang until the system
passes text through to the program. Depending on the setting of
cbreak(), this will be after one character or after the first
newline. Unless noecho() has been set, the character will also be
echoed into the designated window.
If keypad() is TRUE, and a function key is pressed, the token for
that function key will be returned instead of the raw characters.
Possible function keys are defined in <curses.h> with integers
beginning with 0401, whose names begin with KEY_.
If nodelay(win, TRUE) has been called on the window and no input is
waiting, the value ERR is returned.
ungetch() places ch back onto the input queue to be returned by the
next call to wgetch().
flushinp() throws away any type-ahead that has been typed by the user
and has not yet been read by the program.
wget_wch() is the wide-character version of wgetch(), available when
PDCurses is built with the PDC_WIDE option. It takes a pointer to a
wint_t rather than returning the key as an int, and instead returns
KEY_CODE_YES if the key is a function key. Otherwise, it returns OK
or ERR. It's important to check for KEY_CODE_YES, since regular wide
characters can have the same values as function key codes.
unget_wch() puts a wide character on the input queue.
PDC_get_key_modifiers() returns the keyboard modifiers (shift,
control, alt, numlock) effective at the time of the last getch()
call. Use the macros PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_* to determine which
modifier(s) were set. PDC_return_key_modifiers() tells getch() to
return modifier keys pressed alone as keystrokes (KEY_ALT_L, etc.).
These may not work on all platforms.
NOTE: getch() and ungetch() are implemented as macros, to avoid
conflict with many DOS compiler's runtime libraries.
### Return Value
These functions return ERR or the value of the character, meta
character or function key token.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
getch Y Y Y
wgetch Y Y Y
mvgetch Y Y Y
mvwgetch Y Y Y
ungetch Y Y Y
flushinp Y Y Y
get_wch Y Y Y
wget_wch Y Y Y
mvget_wch Y Y Y
mvwget_wch Y Y Y
unget_wch Y Y Y
PDC_get_key_modifiers - - -
**man-end****************************************************************/
#include <stdlib.h>
static int _get_box(int *y_start, int *y_end, int *x_start, int *x_end)
{
int start, end;
if (SP->sel_start < SP->sel_end)
{
start = SP->sel_start;
end = SP->sel_end;
}
else
{
start = SP->sel_end;
end = SP->sel_start;
}
*y_start = start / COLS;
*x_start = start % COLS;
*y_end = end / COLS;
*x_end = end % COLS;
return (end - start) + (*y_end - *y_start);
}
static void _highlight(void)
{
int i, j, y_start, y_end, x_start, x_end;
if (-1 == SP->sel_start)
return;
_get_box(&y_start, &y_end, &x_start, &x_end);
for (j = y_start; j <= y_end; j++)
for (i = (j == y_start ? x_start : 0);
i < (j == y_end ? x_end : COLS); i++)
curscr->_y[j][i] ^= A_REVERSE;
wrefresh(curscr);
}
static void _copy(void)
{
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
wchar_t *wtmp;
# define TMP wtmp
# define MASK A_CHARTEXT
#else
# define TMP tmp
# define MASK 0xff
#endif
char *tmp;
long pos;
int i, j, y_start, y_end, x_start, x_end, len;
if (-1 == SP->sel_start)
return;
len = _get_box(&y_start, &y_end, &x_start, &x_end);
if (!len)
return;
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
wtmp = malloc((len + 1) * sizeof(wchar_t));
len *= 3;
#endif
tmp = malloc(len + 1);
for (j = y_start, pos = 0; j <= y_end; j++)
{
for (i = (j == y_start ? x_start : 0);
i < (j == y_end ? x_end : COLS); i++)
TMP[pos++] = curscr->_y[j][i] & MASK;
while (y_start != y_end && pos > 0 && TMP[pos - 1] == 32)
pos--;
if (j < y_end)
TMP[pos++] = 10;
}
TMP[pos] = 0;
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
pos = PDC_wcstombs(tmp, wtmp, len);
#endif
PDC_setclipboard(tmp, pos);
free(tmp);
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
free(wtmp);
#endif
}
static int _paste(void)
{
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
wchar_t *wpaste;
# define PASTE wpaste
#else
# define PASTE paste
#endif
char *paste;
long len, newmax;
int key;
key = PDC_getclipboard(&paste, &len);
if (PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS != key || !len)
return -1;
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
wpaste = malloc(len * sizeof(wchar_t));
len = PDC_mbstowcs(wpaste, paste, len);
#endif
newmax = len + SP->c_ungind;
if (newmax > SP->c_ungmax)
{
SP->c_ungch = realloc(SP->c_ungch, newmax * sizeof(int));
if (!SP->c_ungch)
return -1;
SP->c_ungmax = newmax;
}
while (len > 1)
PDC_ungetch(PASTE[--len]);
key = *PASTE;
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
free(wpaste);
#endif
PDC_freeclipboard(paste);
SP->key_modifiers = 0;
return key;
}
static int _mouse_key(void)
{
int i, key = KEY_MOUSE, changes = SP->mouse_status.changes;
unsigned long mbe = SP->_trap_mbe;
/* Selection highlighting? */
if ((!mbe || SP->mouse_status.button[0] & BUTTON_SHIFT) && changes & 1)
{
i = SP->mouse_status.y * COLS + SP->mouse_status.x;
switch (SP->mouse_status.button[0] & BUTTON_ACTION_MASK)
{
case BUTTON_PRESSED:
_highlight();
SP->sel_start = SP->sel_end = i;
return -1;
case BUTTON_MOVED:
_highlight();
SP->sel_end = i;
_highlight();
return -1;
case BUTTON_RELEASED:
_copy();
return -1;
}
}
else if ((!mbe || SP->mouse_status.button[1] & BUTTON_SHIFT) &&
changes & 2 && (SP->mouse_status.button[1] &
BUTTON_ACTION_MASK) == BUTTON_CLICKED)
{
SP->key_code = FALSE;
return _paste();
}
/* Filter unwanted mouse events */
for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
{
if (changes & (1 << i))
{
int shf = i * 5;
short button = SP->mouse_status.button[i] & BUTTON_ACTION_MASK;
if ( (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_PRESSED << shf)) &&
(button == BUTTON_PRESSED))
|| (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_CLICKED << shf)) &&
(button == BUTTON_CLICKED))
|| (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED << shf)) &&
(button == BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED))
|| (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_MOVED << shf)) &&
(button == BUTTON_MOVED))
|| (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_RELEASED << shf)) &&
(button == BUTTON_RELEASED))
)
SP->mouse_status.changes ^= (1 << i);
}
}
if (changes & PDC_MOUSE_MOVED)
{
if (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_MOVED|BUTTON2_MOVED|BUTTON3_MOVED)))
SP->mouse_status.changes ^= PDC_MOUSE_MOVED;
}
if (changes & (PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP|PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN))
{
if (!(mbe & MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL))
SP->mouse_status.changes &=
~(PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP|PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN);
}
if (!changes)
return -1;
/* Check for click in slk area */
i = PDC_mouse_in_slk(SP->mouse_status.y, SP->mouse_status.x);
if (i)
{
if (SP->mouse_status.button[0] & (BUTTON_PRESSED|BUTTON_CLICKED))
key = KEY_F(i);
else
key = -1;
}
return key;
}
int wgetch(WINDOW *win)
{
int key, waitcount;
PDC_LOG(("wgetch() - called\n"));
if (!win || !SP)
return ERR;
waitcount = 0;
/* set the number of 1/20th second napms() calls */
if (SP->delaytenths)
waitcount = 2 * SP->delaytenths;
else
if (win->_delayms)
{
/* Can't really do millisecond intervals, so delay in
1/20ths of a second (50ms) */
waitcount = win->_delayms / 50;
if (!waitcount)
waitcount = 1;
}
/* refresh window when wgetch is called if there have been changes
to it and it is not a pad */
if (!(win->_flags & _PAD) && ((!win->_leaveit &&
(win->_begx + win->_curx != SP->curscol ||
win->_begy + win->_cury != SP->cursrow)) || is_wintouched(win)))
wrefresh(win);
/* if ungotten char exists, remove and return it */
if (SP->c_ungind)
return SP->c_ungch[--(SP->c_ungind)];
/* if normal and data in buffer */
if ((!SP->raw_inp && !SP->cbreak) && (SP->c_gindex < SP->c_pindex))
return SP->c_buffer[SP->c_gindex++];
/* prepare to buffer data */
SP->c_pindex = 0;
SP->c_gindex = 0;
/* to get here, no keys are buffered. go and get one. */
for (;;) /* loop for any buffering */
{
/* is there a keystroke ready? */
if (!PDC_check_key())
{
/* if not, handle timeout() and halfdelay() */
if (SP->delaytenths || win->_delayms)
{
if (!waitcount)
return ERR;
waitcount--;
}
else
if (win->_nodelay)
return ERR;
napms(50); /* sleep for 1/20th second */
continue; /* then check again */
}
/* if there is, fetch it */
key = PDC_get_key();
/* copy or paste? */
if (SP->key_modifiers & PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_SHIFT)
{
if (0x03 == key)
{
_copy();
continue;
}
else if (0x16 == key)
key = _paste();
}
/* filter mouse events; translate mouse clicks in the slk
area to function keys */
if (SP->key_code && key == KEY_MOUSE)
key = _mouse_key();
/* filter special keys if not in keypad mode */
if (SP->key_code && !win->_use_keypad)
key = -1;
/* unwanted key? loop back */
if (key == -1)
continue;
_highlight();
SP->sel_start = SP->sel_end = -1;
/* translate CR */
if (key == '\r' && SP->autocr && !SP->raw_inp)
key = '\n';
/* if echo is enabled */
if (SP->echo && !SP->key_code)
{
waddch(win, key);
wrefresh(win);
}
/* if no buffering */
if (SP->raw_inp || SP->cbreak)
return key;
/* if no overflow, put data in buffer */
if (key == '\b')
{
if (SP->c_pindex > SP->c_gindex)
SP->c_pindex--;
}
else
if (SP->c_pindex < _INBUFSIZ - 2)
SP->c_buffer[SP->c_pindex++] = key;
/* if we got a line */
if (key == '\n' || key == '\r')
return SP->c_buffer[SP->c_gindex++];
}
}
int mvgetch(int y, int x)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvgetch() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wgetch(stdscr);
}
int mvwgetch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwgetch() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wgetch(win);
}
int PDC_ungetch(int ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("ungetch() - called\n"));
if (SP->c_ungind >= SP->c_ungmax) /* pushback stack full */
return ERR;
SP->c_ungch[SP->c_ungind++] = ch;
return OK;
}
int flushinp(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("flushinp() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
PDC_flushinp();
SP->c_gindex = 1; /* set indices to kill buffer */
SP->c_pindex = 0;
SP->c_ungind = 0; /* clear SP->c_ungch array */
return OK;
}
unsigned long PDC_get_key_modifiers(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_key_modifiers() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
return SP->key_modifiers;
}
int PDC_return_key_modifiers(bool flag)
{
PDC_LOG(("PDC_return_key_modifiers() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
SP->return_key_modifiers = flag;
return PDC_modifiers_set();
}
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
int wget_wch(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wch)
{
int key;
PDC_LOG(("wget_wch() - called\n"));
if (!wch)
return ERR;
key = wgetch(win);
if (key == ERR)
return ERR;
*wch = key;
return SP->key_code ? KEY_CODE_YES : OK;
}
int get_wch(wint_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("get_wch() - called\n"));
return wget_wch(stdscr, wch);
}
int mvget_wch(int y, int x, wint_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvget_wch() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wget_wch(stdscr, wch);
}
int mvwget_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwget_wch() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wget_wch(win, wch);
}
int unget_wch(const wchar_t wch)
{
return PDC_ungetch(wch);
}
#endif

473
pdcurses/getstr.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,473 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
getstr
------
### Synopsis
int getstr(char *str);
int wgetstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);
int mvgetstr(int y, int x, char *str);
int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);
int getnstr(char *str, int n);
int wgetnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);
int mvgetnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);
int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n);
int get_wstr(wint_t *wstr);
int wget_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr);
int mvget_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr);
int mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *win, int, int, wint_t *wstr);
int getn_wstr(wint_t *wstr, int n);
int wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr, int n);
int mvgetn_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n);
int mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n);
### Description
These routines call wgetch() repeatedly to build a string,
interpreting erase and kill characters along the way, until a newline
or carriage return is received. When PDCurses is built with wide-
character support enabled, the narrow-character functions convert the
wgetch()'d values into a multibyte string in the current locale
before returning it. The resulting string is placed in the area
pointed to by *str. The routines with n as the last argument read at
most n characters.
Note that there's no way to know how long the buffer passed to
wgetstr() is, so use wgetnstr() to avoid buffer overflows.
### Return Value
These functions return ERR on failure or any other value on success.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
getstr Y Y Y
wgetstr Y Y Y
mvgetstr Y Y Y
mvwgetstr Y Y Y
getnstr Y Y Y
wgetnstr Y Y Y
mvgetnstr Y Y Y
mvwgetnstr Y Y Y
get_wstr Y Y Y
wget_wstr Y Y Y
mvget_wstr Y Y Y
mvwget_wstr Y Y Y
getn_wstr Y Y Y
wgetn_wstr Y Y Y
mvgetn_wstr Y Y Y
mvwgetn_wstr Y Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
#define MAXLINE 255
int wgetnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n)
{
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
wchar_t wstr[MAXLINE + 1];
if (n < 0 || n > MAXLINE)
n = MAXLINE;
if (wgetn_wstr(win, (wint_t *)wstr, n) == ERR)
return ERR;
return PDC_wcstombs(str, wstr, n);
#else
int ch, i, num, x, chars;
char *p;
bool stop, oldecho, oldcbreak, oldnodelay;
PDC_LOG(("wgetnstr() - called\n"));
if (!win || !str)
return ERR;
chars = 0;
p = str;
stop = FALSE;
x = win->_curx;
oldcbreak = SP->cbreak; /* remember states */
oldecho = SP->echo;
oldnodelay = win->_nodelay;
SP->echo = FALSE; /* we do echo ourselves */
cbreak(); /* ensure each key is returned immediately */
win->_nodelay = FALSE; /* don't return -1 */
wrefresh(win);
while (!stop)
{
ch = wgetch(win);
switch (ch)
{
case '\t':
ch = ' ';
num = TABSIZE - (win->_curx - x) % TABSIZE;
for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
{
if (chars < n)
{
if (oldecho)
waddch(win, ch);
*p++ = ch;
++chars;
}
else
beep();
}
break;
case _ECHAR: /* CTRL-H -- Delete character */
if (p > str)
{
if (oldecho)
waddstr(win, "\b \b");
ch = (unsigned char)(*--p);
if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
waddstr(win, "\b \b");
chars--;
}
break;
case _DLCHAR: /* CTRL-U -- Delete line */
while (p > str)
{
if (oldecho)
waddstr(win, "\b \b");
ch = (unsigned char)(*--p);
if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
waddstr(win, "\b \b");
}
chars = 0;
break;
case _DWCHAR: /* CTRL-W -- Delete word */
while ((p > str) && (*(p - 1) == ' '))
{
if (oldecho)
waddstr(win, "\b \b");
--p; /* remove space */
chars--;
}
while ((p > str) && (*(p - 1) != ' '))
{
if (oldecho)
waddstr(win, "\b \b");
ch = (unsigned char)(*--p);
if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
waddstr(win, "\b \b");
chars--;
}
break;
case '\n':
case '\r':
stop = TRUE;
if (oldecho)
waddch(win, '\n');
break;
default:
if (chars < n)
{
if (!SP->key_code && ch < 0x100)
{
*p++ = ch;
if (oldecho)
waddch(win, ch);
chars++;
}
}
else
beep();
break;
}
wrefresh(win);
}
*p = '\0';
SP->echo = oldecho; /* restore old settings */
SP->cbreak = oldcbreak;
win->_nodelay = oldnodelay;
return OK;
#endif
}
int getstr(char *str)
{
PDC_LOG(("getstr() - called\n"));
return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, MAXLINE);
}
int wgetstr(WINDOW *win, char *str)
{
PDC_LOG(("wgetstr() - called\n"));
return wgetnstr(win, str, MAXLINE);
}
int mvgetstr(int y, int x, char *str)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvgetstr() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, MAXLINE);
}
int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwgetstr() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wgetnstr(win, str, MAXLINE);
}
int getnstr(char *str, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("getnstr() - called\n"));
return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, n);
}
int mvgetnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvgetnstr() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, n);
}
int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwgetnstr() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wgetnstr(win, str, n);
}
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
int wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr, int n)
{
int ch, i, num, x, chars;
wint_t *p;
bool stop, oldecho, oldcbreak, oldnodelay;
PDC_LOG(("wgetn_wstr() - called\n"));
if (!win || !wstr)
return ERR;
chars = 0;
p = wstr;
stop = FALSE;
x = win->_curx;
oldcbreak = SP->cbreak; /* remember states */
oldecho = SP->echo;
oldnodelay = win->_nodelay;
SP->echo = FALSE; /* we do echo ourselves */
cbreak(); /* ensure each key is returned immediately */
win->_nodelay = FALSE; /* don't return -1 */
wrefresh(win);
while (!stop)
{
ch = wgetch(win);
switch (ch)
{
case '\t':
ch = ' ';
num = TABSIZE - (win->_curx - x) % TABSIZE;
for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
{
if (chars < n)
{
if (oldecho)
waddch(win, ch);
*p++ = ch;
++chars;
}
else
beep();
}
break;
case _ECHAR: /* CTRL-H -- Delete character */
if (p > wstr)
{
if (oldecho)
waddstr(win, "\b \b");
ch = *--p;
if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
waddstr(win, "\b \b");
chars--;
}
break;
case _DLCHAR: /* CTRL-U -- Delete line */
while (p > wstr)
{
if (oldecho)
waddstr(win, "\b \b");
ch = *--p;
if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
waddstr(win, "\b \b");
}
chars = 0;
break;
case _DWCHAR: /* CTRL-W -- Delete word */
while ((p > wstr) && (*(p - 1) == ' '))
{
if (oldecho)
waddstr(win, "\b \b");
--p; /* remove space */
chars--;
}
while ((p > wstr) && (*(p - 1) != ' '))
{
if (oldecho)
waddstr(win, "\b \b");
ch = *--p;
if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
waddstr(win, "\b \b");
chars--;
}
break;
case '\n':
case '\r':
stop = TRUE;
if (oldecho)
waddch(win, '\n');
break;
default:
if (chars < n)
{
if (!SP->key_code)
{
*p++ = ch;
if (oldecho)
waddch(win, ch);
chars++;
}
}
else
beep();
break;
}
wrefresh(win);
}
*p = '\0';
SP->echo = oldecho; /* restore old settings */
SP->cbreak = oldcbreak;
win->_nodelay = oldnodelay;
return OK;
}
int get_wstr(wint_t *wstr)
{
PDC_LOG(("get_wstr() - called\n"));
return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, MAXLINE);
}
int wget_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr)
{
PDC_LOG(("wget_wstr() - called\n"));
return wgetn_wstr(win, wstr, MAXLINE);
}
int mvget_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvget_wstr() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, MAXLINE);
}
int mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwget_wstr() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wgetn_wstr(win, wstr, MAXLINE);
}
int getn_wstr(wint_t *wstr, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("getn_wstr() - called\n"));
return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
}
int mvgetn_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvgetn_wstr() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
}
int mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwgetn_wstr() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wgetn_wstr(win, wstr, n);
}
#endif

142
pdcurses/getyx.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
getyx
-----
### Synopsis
void getyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
void getparyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
void getbegyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
void getmaxyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
void getsyx(int y, int x);
void setsyx(int y, int x);
int getbegy(WINDOW *win);
int getbegx(WINDOW *win);
int getcury(WINDOW *win);
int getcurx(WINDOW *win);
int getpary(WINDOW *win);
int getparx(WINDOW *win);
int getmaxy(WINDOW *win);
int getmaxx(WINDOW *win);
### Description
The getyx() macro (defined in curses.h -- the prototypes here are
merely illustrative) puts the current cursor position of the
specified window into y and x. getbegyx() and getmaxyx() return the
starting coordinates and size of the specified window, respectively.
getparyx() returns the starting coordinates of the parent's window,
if the specified window is a subwindow; otherwise it sets y and x to
-1. These are all macros.
getsyx() gets the coordinates of the virtual screen cursor, and
stores them in y and x. If leaveok() is TRUE, it returns -1, -1. If
lines have been removed with ripoffline(), then getsyx() includes
these lines in its count; so, the returned y and x values should only
be used with setsyx().
setsyx() sets the virtual screen cursor to the y, x coordinates. If
either y or x is -1, leaveok() is set TRUE, else it's set FALSE.
getsyx() and setsyx() are meant to be used by a library routine that
manipulates curses windows without altering the position of the
cursor. Note that getsyx() is defined only as a macro.
getbegy(), getbegx(), getcurx(), getcury(), getmaxy(), getmaxx(),
getpary(), and getparx() return the appropriate coordinate or size
values, or ERR in the case of a NULL window.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
getyx Y Y Y
getparyx Y Y Y
getbegyx Y Y Y
getmaxyx Y Y Y
getsyx - Y Y
setsyx - Y Y
getbegy - Y Y
getbegx - Y Y
getcury - Y Y
getcurx - Y Y
getpary - Y Y
getparx - Y Y
getmaxy - Y Y
getmaxx - Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
int getbegy(WINDOW *win)
{
PDC_LOG(("getbegy() - called\n"));
return win ? win->_begy : ERR;
}
int getbegx(WINDOW *win)
{
PDC_LOG(("getbegx() - called\n"));
return win ? win->_begx : ERR;
}
int getcury(WINDOW *win)
{
PDC_LOG(("getcury() - called\n"));
return win ? win->_cury : ERR;
}
int getcurx(WINDOW *win)
{
PDC_LOG(("getcurx() - called\n"));
return win ? win->_curx : ERR;
}
int getpary(WINDOW *win)
{
PDC_LOG(("getpary() - called\n"));
return win ? win->_pary : ERR;
}
int getparx(WINDOW *win)
{
PDC_LOG(("getparx() - called\n"));
return win ? win->_parx : ERR;
}
int getmaxy(WINDOW *win)
{
PDC_LOG(("getmaxy() - called\n"));
return win ? win->_maxy : ERR;
}
int getmaxx(WINDOW *win)
{
PDC_LOG(("getmaxx() - called\n"));
return win ? win->_maxx : ERR;
}
void setsyx(int y, int x)
{
PDC_LOG(("setsyx() - called\n"));
if (curscr)
{
curscr->_leaveit = y == -1 || x == -1;
if (!curscr->_leaveit)
wmove(curscr, y, x);
}
}

126
pdcurses/inch.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
inch
----
### Synopsis
chtype inch(void);
chtype winch(WINDOW *win);
chtype mvinch(int y, int x);
chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
int in_wch(cchar_t *wcval);
int win_wch(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wcval);
int mvin_wch(int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval);
int mvwin_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval);
### Description
The inch() functions retrieve the character and attribute from the
current or specified window position, in the form of a chtype. If a
NULL window is specified, (chtype)ERR is returned.
The in_wch() functions are the wide-character versions; instead of
returning a chtype, they store a cchar_t at the address specified by
wcval, and return OK or ERR. (No value is stored when ERR is
returned.) Note that in PDCurses, chtype and cchar_t are the same.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
inch Y Y Y
winch Y Y Y
mvinch Y Y Y
mvwinch Y Y Y
in_wch Y Y Y
win_wch Y Y Y
mvin_wch Y Y Y
mvwin_wch Y Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
chtype winch(WINDOW *win)
{
PDC_LOG(("winch() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return (chtype)ERR;
return win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx];
}
chtype inch(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("inch() - called\n"));
return winch(stdscr);
}
chtype mvinch(int y, int x)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvinch() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return (chtype)ERR;
return stdscr->_y[stdscr->_cury][stdscr->_curx];
}
chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwinch() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return (chtype)ERR;
return win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx];
}
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
int win_wch(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wcval)
{
PDC_LOG(("win_wch() - called\n"));
if (!win || !wcval)
return ERR;
*wcval = win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx];
return OK;
}
int in_wch(cchar_t *wcval)
{
PDC_LOG(("in_wch() - called\n"));
return win_wch(stdscr, wcval);
}
int mvin_wch(int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvin_wch() - called\n"));
if (!wcval || (move(y, x) == ERR))
return ERR;
*wcval = stdscr->_y[stdscr->_cury][stdscr->_curx];
return OK;
}
int mvwin_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwin_wch() - called\n"));
if (!wcval || (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR))
return ERR;
*wcval = win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx];
return OK;
}
#endif

213
pdcurses/inchstr.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
inchstr
-------
### Synopsis
int inchstr(chtype *ch);
int inchnstr(chtype *ch, int n);
int winchstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch);
int winchnstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch, int n);
int mvinchstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch);
int mvinchnstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n);
int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype *ch);
int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n);
int in_wchstr(cchar_t *wch);
int in_wchnstr(cchar_t *wch, int n);
int win_wchstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch);
int win_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch, int n);
int mvin_wchstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch);
int mvin_wchnstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n);
int mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch);
int mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n);
### Description
These routines read a chtype or cchar_t string from the window,
starting at the current or specified position, and ending at the
right margin, or after n elements, whichever is less.
### Return Value
All functions return the number of elements read, or ERR on error.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
inchstr Y Y Y
winchstr Y Y Y
mvinchstr Y Y Y
mvwinchstr Y Y Y
inchnstr Y Y Y
winchnstr Y Y Y
mvinchnstr Y Y Y
mvwinchnstr Y Y Y
in_wchstr Y Y Y
win_wchstr Y Y Y
mvin_wchstr Y Y Y
mvwin_wchstr Y Y Y
in_wchnstr Y Y Y
win_wchnstr Y Y Y
mvin_wchnstr Y Y Y
mvwin_wchnstr Y Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
int winchnstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch, int n)
{
chtype *src;
int i;
PDC_LOG(("winchnstr() - called\n"));
if (!win || !ch || n < 0)
return ERR;
if ((win->_curx + n) > win->_maxx)
n = win->_maxx - win->_curx;
src = win->_y[win->_cury] + win->_curx;
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
*ch++ = *src++;
*ch = (chtype)0;
return OK;
}
int inchstr(chtype *ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("inchstr() - called\n"));
return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx);
}
int winchstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("winchstr() - called\n"));
return winchnstr(win, ch, win->_maxx - win->_curx);
}
int mvinchstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvinchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx);
}
int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwinchstr() - called:\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return winchnstr(win, ch, win->_maxx - win->_curx);
}
int inchnstr(chtype *ch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("inchnstr() - called\n"));
return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, n);
}
int mvinchnstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvinchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, n);
}
int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwinchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return winchnstr(win, ch, n);
}
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
int win_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("win_wchnstr() - called\n"));
return winchnstr(win, wch, n);
}
int in_wchstr(cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("in_wchstr() - called\n"));
return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx);
}
int win_wchstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("win_wchstr() - called\n"));
return win_wchnstr(win, wch, win->_maxx - win->_curx);
}
int mvin_wchstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvin_wchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx);
}
int mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwin_wchstr() - called:\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return win_wchnstr(win, wch, win->_maxx - win->_curx);
}
int in_wchnstr(cchar_t *wch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("in_wchnstr() - called\n"));
return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n);
}
int mvin_wchnstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvin_wchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n);
}
int mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwinchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return win_wchnstr(win, wch, n);
}
#endif

431
pdcurses/initscr.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,431 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
initscr
-------
### Synopsis
WINDOW *initscr(void);
WINDOW *Xinitscr(int argc, char **argv);
int endwin(void);
bool isendwin(void);
SCREEN *newterm(const char *type, FILE *outfd, FILE *infd);
SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *new);
void delscreen(SCREEN *sp);
int resize_term(int nlines, int ncols);
bool is_termresized(void);
const char *curses_version(void);
void PDC_get_version(PDC_VERSION *ver);
int set_tabsize(int tabsize);
### Description
initscr() should be the first curses routine called. It will
initialize all curses data structures, and arrange that the first
call to refresh() will clear the screen. In case of error, initscr()
will write a message to standard error and end the program.
endwin() should be called before exiting or escaping from curses mode
temporarily. It will restore tty modes, move the cursor to the lower
left corner of the screen and reset the terminal into the proper
non-visual mode. To resume curses after a temporary escape, call
refresh() or doupdate().
isendwin() returns TRUE if endwin() has been called without a
subsequent refresh, unless SP is NULL.
In some implementations of curses, newterm() allows the use of
multiple terminals. Here, it's just an alternative interface for
initscr(). It always returns SP, or NULL.
delscreen() frees the memory allocated by newterm() or initscr(),
since it's not freed by endwin(). This function is usually not
needed. In PDCurses, the parameter must be the value of SP, and
delscreen() sets SP to NULL.
set_term() does nothing meaningful in PDCurses, but is included for
compatibility with other curses implementations.
resize_term() is effectively two functions: When called with nonzero
values for nlines and ncols, it attempts to resize the screen to the
given size. When called with (0, 0), it merely adjusts the internal
structures to match the current size after the screen is resized by
the user. On the currently supported platforms, SDL, Windows console,
and X11 allow user resizing, while DOS, OS/2, SDL and Windows console
allow programmatic resizing. If you want to support user resizing,
you should check for getch() returning KEY_RESIZE, and/or call
is_termresized() at appropriate times; if either condition occurs,
call resize_term(0, 0). Then, with either user or programmatic
resizing, you'll have to resize any windows you've created, as
appropriate; resize_term() only handles stdscr and curscr.
is_termresized() returns TRUE if the curses screen has been resized
by the user, and a call to resize_term() is needed. Checking for
KEY_RESIZE is generally preferable, unless you're not handling the
keyboard.
curses_version() returns a string describing the version of PDCurses.
PDC_get_version() fills a PDC_VERSION structure provided by the user
with more detailed version info (see curses.h).
set_tabsize() sets the tab interval, stored in TABSIZE.
### Return Value
All functions return NULL on error, except endwin(), which always
returns OK, and resize_term(), which returns either OK or ERR.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
initscr Y Y Y
endwin Y Y Y
isendwin Y Y Y
newterm Y Y Y
set_term Y Y Y
delscreen Y Y Y
resize_term - Y Y
set_tabsize - Y Y
curses_version - Y -
is_termresized - - -
**man-end****************************************************************/
#include <stdlib.h>
char ttytype[128];
const char *_curses_notice = "PDCurses " PDC_VERDOT " - " __DATE__;
SCREEN *SP = (SCREEN*)NULL; /* curses variables */
WINDOW *curscr = (WINDOW *)NULL; /* the current screen image */
WINDOW *stdscr = (WINDOW *)NULL; /* the default screen window */
int LINES = 0; /* current terminal height */
int COLS = 0; /* current terminal width */
int TABSIZE = 8;
MOUSE_STATUS Mouse_status;
extern RIPPEDOFFLINE linesripped[5];
extern char linesrippedoff;
WINDOW *initscr(void)
{
int i;
PDC_LOG(("initscr() - called\n"));
if (SP && SP->alive)
return NULL;
SP = calloc(1, sizeof(SCREEN));
if (!SP)
return NULL;
if (PDC_scr_open() == ERR)
{
fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create SP\n");
exit(8);
}
SP->autocr = TRUE; /* cr -> lf by default */
SP->raw_out = FALSE; /* tty I/O modes */
SP->raw_inp = FALSE; /* tty I/O modes */
SP->cbreak = TRUE;
SP->key_modifiers = 0L;
SP->return_key_modifiers = FALSE;
SP->echo = TRUE;
SP->visibility = 1;
SP->resized = FALSE;
SP->_trap_mbe = 0L;
SP->linesrippedoff = 0;
SP->linesrippedoffontop = 0;
SP->delaytenths = 0;
SP->line_color = -1;
SP->lastscr = (WINDOW *)NULL;
SP->dbfp = NULL;
SP->color_started = FALSE;
SP->dirty = FALSE;
SP->sel_start = -1;
SP->sel_end = -1;
SP->orig_cursor = PDC_get_cursor_mode();
LINES = SP->lines = PDC_get_rows();
COLS = SP->cols = PDC_get_columns();
if (LINES < 2 || COLS < 2)
{
fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): LINES=%d COLS=%d: too small.\n",
LINES, COLS);
exit(4);
}
curscr = newwin(LINES, COLS, 0, 0);
if (!curscr)
{
fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create curscr.\n");
exit(2);
}
SP->lastscr = newwin(LINES, COLS, 0, 0);
if (!SP->lastscr)
{
fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create SP->lastscr.\n");
exit(2);
}
wattrset(SP->lastscr, (chtype)(-1));
werase(SP->lastscr);
PDC_slk_initialize();
LINES -= SP->slklines;
/* We have to sort out ripped off lines here, and reduce the height
of stdscr by the number of lines ripped off */
for (i = 0; i < linesrippedoff; i++)
{
if (linesripped[i].line < 0)
(*linesripped[i].init)(newwin(1, COLS, LINES - 1, 0), COLS);
else
(*linesripped[i].init)(newwin(1, COLS,
SP->linesrippedoffontop++, 0), COLS);
SP->linesrippedoff++;
LINES--;
}
linesrippedoff = 0;
stdscr = newwin(LINES, COLS, SP->linesrippedoffontop, 0);
if (!stdscr)
{
fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create stdscr.\n");
exit(1);
}
wclrtobot(stdscr);
/* If preserving the existing screen, don't allow a screen clear */
if (SP->_preserve)
{
untouchwin(curscr);
untouchwin(stdscr);
stdscr->_clear = FALSE;
curscr->_clear = FALSE;
}
else
curscr->_clear = TRUE;
SP->atrtab = calloc(PDC_COLOR_PAIRS, sizeof(PDC_PAIR));
if (!SP->atrtab)
return NULL;
PDC_init_atrtab(); /* set up default colors */
MOUSE_X_POS = MOUSE_Y_POS = -1;
BUTTON_STATUS(1) = BUTTON_RELEASED;
BUTTON_STATUS(2) = BUTTON_RELEASED;
BUTTON_STATUS(3) = BUTTON_RELEASED;
Mouse_status.changes = 0;
SP->alive = TRUE;
def_shell_mode();
sprintf(ttytype, "pdcurses|PDCurses for %s", PDC_sysname());
SP->c_buffer = malloc(_INBUFSIZ * sizeof(int));
if (!SP->c_buffer)
return NULL;
SP->c_pindex = 0;
SP->c_gindex = 1;
SP->c_ungch = malloc(NUNGETCH * sizeof(int));
if (!SP->c_ungch)
return NULL;
SP->c_ungind = 0;
SP->c_ungmax = NUNGETCH;
return stdscr;
}
#ifdef XCURSES
WINDOW *Xinitscr(int argc, char **argv)
{
PDC_LOG(("Xinitscr() - called\n"));
PDC_set_args(argc, argv);
return initscr();
}
#endif
int endwin(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("endwin() - called\n"));
/* Allow temporary exit from curses using endwin() */
def_prog_mode();
PDC_scr_close();
SP->alive = FALSE;
return OK;
}
bool isendwin(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("isendwin() - called\n"));
return SP ? !(SP->alive) : FALSE;
}
SCREEN *newterm(const char *type, FILE *outfd, FILE *infd)
{
PDC_LOG(("newterm() - called\n"));
return initscr() ? SP : NULL;
}
SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *new)
{
PDC_LOG(("set_term() - called\n"));
/* We only support one screen */
return (new == SP) ? SP : NULL;
}
void delscreen(SCREEN *sp)
{
PDC_LOG(("delscreen() - called\n"));
if (!SP || sp != SP)
return;
free(SP->c_ungch);
free(SP->c_buffer);
free(SP->atrtab);
PDC_slk_free(); /* free the soft label keys, if needed */
delwin(stdscr);
delwin(curscr);
delwin(SP->lastscr);
stdscr = (WINDOW *)NULL;
curscr = (WINDOW *)NULL;
SP->lastscr = (WINDOW *)NULL;
SP->alive = FALSE;
PDC_scr_free();
free(SP);
SP = (SCREEN *)NULL;
}
int resize_term(int nlines, int ncols)
{
PDC_LOG(("resize_term() - called: nlines %d\n", nlines));
if (!stdscr || PDC_resize_screen(nlines, ncols) == ERR)
return ERR;
SP->resized = FALSE;
SP->lines = PDC_get_rows();
LINES = SP->lines - SP->linesrippedoff - SP->slklines;
SP->cols = COLS = PDC_get_columns();
if (SP->cursrow >= SP->lines)
SP->cursrow = SP->lines - 1;
if (SP->curscol >= SP->cols)
SP->curscol = SP->cols - 1;
if (wresize(curscr, SP->lines, SP->cols) == ERR ||
wresize(stdscr, LINES, COLS) == ERR ||
wresize(SP->lastscr, SP->lines, SP->cols) == ERR)
return ERR;
werase(SP->lastscr);
curscr->_clear = TRUE;
if (SP->slk_winptr)
{
if (wresize(SP->slk_winptr, SP->slklines, COLS) == ERR)
return ERR;
wmove(SP->slk_winptr, 0, 0);
wclrtobot(SP->slk_winptr);
PDC_slk_initialize();
slk_noutrefresh();
}
touchwin(stdscr);
wnoutrefresh(stdscr);
return OK;
}
bool is_termresized(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("is_termresized() - called\n"));
return SP->resized;
}
const char *curses_version(void)
{
return _curses_notice;
}
void PDC_get_version(PDC_VERSION *ver)
{
if (!ver)
return;
ver->flags = 0
#ifdef PDCDEBUG
| PDC_VFLAG_DEBUG
#endif
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
| PDC_VFLAG_WIDE
#endif
#ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8
| PDC_VFLAG_UTF8
#endif
#ifdef PDC_DLL_BUILD
| PDC_VFLAG_DLL
#endif
#ifdef PDC_RGB
| PDC_VFLAG_RGB
#endif
;
ver->build = PDC_BUILD;
ver->major = PDC_VER_MAJOR;
ver->minor = PDC_VER_MINOR;
ver->csize = sizeof(chtype);
ver->bsize = sizeof(bool);
}
int set_tabsize(int tabsize)
{
PDC_LOG(("set_tabsize() - called: tabsize %d\n", tabsize));
if (tabsize < 1)
return ERR;
TABSIZE = tabsize;
return OK;
}

368
pdcurses/inopts.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
inopts
------
### Synopsis
int cbreak(void);
int nocbreak(void);
int echo(void);
int noecho(void);
int halfdelay(int tenths);
int intrflush(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
int keypad(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
int meta(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
int nl(void);
int nonl(void);
int nodelay(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
int notimeout(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
int raw(void);
int noraw(void);
void noqiflush(void);
void qiflush(void);
void timeout(int delay);
void wtimeout(WINDOW *win, int delay);
int typeahead(int fildes);
int crmode(void);
int nocrmode(void);
bool is_keypad(const WINDOW *win);
### Description
cbreak() and nocbreak() toggle cbreak mode. In cbreak mode,
characters typed by the user are made available immediately, and
erase/kill character processing is not performed. In nocbreak mode,
typed characters are buffered until a newline or carriage return.
Interrupt and flow control characters are unaffected by this mode.
PDCurses always starts in cbreak mode.
echo() and noecho() control whether typed characters are echoed by
the input routine. Initially, input characters are echoed. Subsequent
calls to echo() and noecho() do not flush type-ahead.
halfdelay() is similar to cbreak(), but allows for a time limit to be
specified, in tenths of a second. This causes getch() to block for
that period before returning ERR if no key has been received. tenths
must be between 1 and 255.
keypad() controls whether getch() returns function/special keys as
single key codes (e.g., the left arrow key as KEY_LEFT). Per X/Open,
the default for keypad mode is OFF. You'll probably want it on. With
keypad mode off, if a special key is pressed, getch() does nothing or
returns ERR.
nodelay() controls whether wgetch() is a non-blocking call. If the
option is enabled, and no input is ready, wgetch() will return ERR.
If disabled, wgetch() will hang until input is ready.
nl() enables the translation of a carriage return into a newline on
input. nonl() disables this. Initially, the translation does occur.
raw() and noraw() toggle raw mode. Raw mode is similar to cbreak
mode, in that characters typed are immediately passed through to the
user program. The difference is that in raw mode, the INTR, QUIT,
SUSP, and STOP characters are passed through without being
interpreted, and without generating a signal.
In PDCurses, the meta() function sets raw mode on or off.
timeout() and wtimeout() set blocking or non-blocking reads for the
specified window. If the delay is negative, a blocking read is used;
if zero, then non-blocking reads are done -- if no input is waiting,
ERR is returned immediately. If the delay is positive, the read
blocks for the delay period; if the period expires, ERR is returned.
The delay is given in milliseconds, but this is rounded down to 50ms
(1/20th sec) intervals, with a minimum of one interval if a postive
delay is given; i.e., 1-99 will wait 50ms, 100-149 will wait 100ms,
etc.
intrflush(), notimeout(), noqiflush(), qiflush() and typeahead() do
nothing in PDCurses, but are included for compatibility with other
curses implementations.
crmode() and nocrmode() are archaic equivalents to cbreak() and
nocbreak(), respectively.
is_keypad() reports whether the specified window is in keypad mode.
### Return Value
All functions except is_keypad() and the void functions return OK on
success and ERR on error.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
cbreak Y Y Y
nocbreak Y Y Y
echo Y Y Y
noecho Y Y Y
halfdelay Y Y Y
intrflush Y Y Y
keypad Y Y Y
meta Y Y Y
nl Y Y Y
nonl Y Y Y
nodelay Y Y Y
notimeout Y Y Y
raw Y Y Y
noraw Y Y Y
noqiflush Y Y Y
qiflush Y Y Y
timeout Y Y Y
wtimeout Y Y Y
typeahead Y Y Y
crmode Y Y Y
nocrmode Y Y Y
is_keypad - Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
int cbreak(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("cbreak() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
SP->cbreak = TRUE;
return OK;
}
int nocbreak(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("nocbreak() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
SP->cbreak = FALSE;
SP->delaytenths = 0;
return OK;
}
int echo(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("echo() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
SP->echo = TRUE;
return OK;
}
int noecho(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("noecho() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
SP->echo = FALSE;
return OK;
}
int halfdelay(int tenths)
{
PDC_LOG(("halfdelay() - called\n"));
if (!SP || tenths < 1 || tenths > 255)
return ERR;
SP->delaytenths = tenths;
return OK;
}
int intrflush(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
{
PDC_LOG(("intrflush() - called\n"));
return OK;
}
int keypad(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
{
PDC_LOG(("keypad() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
win->_use_keypad = bf;
return OK;
}
int meta(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
{
PDC_LOG(("meta() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
SP->raw_inp = bf;
return OK;
}
int nl(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("nl() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
SP->autocr = TRUE;
return OK;
}
int nonl(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("nonl() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
SP->autocr = FALSE;
return OK;
}
int nodelay(WINDOW *win, bool flag)
{
PDC_LOG(("nodelay() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
win->_nodelay = flag;
return OK;
}
int notimeout(WINDOW *win, bool flag)
{
PDC_LOG(("notimeout() - called\n"));
return OK;
}
int raw(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("raw() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
PDC_set_keyboard_binary(TRUE);
SP->raw_inp = TRUE;
return OK;
}
int noraw(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("noraw() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
PDC_set_keyboard_binary(FALSE);
SP->raw_inp = FALSE;
return OK;
}
void noqiflush(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("noqiflush() - called\n"));
}
void qiflush(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("qiflush() - called\n"));
}
int typeahead(int fildes)
{
PDC_LOG(("typeahead() - called\n"));
return OK;
}
void wtimeout(WINDOW *win, int delay)
{
PDC_LOG(("wtimeout() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return;
if (delay < 0)
{
/* This causes a blocking read on the window, so turn on delay
mode */
win->_nodelay = FALSE;
win->_delayms = 0;
}
else if (!delay)
{
/* This causes a non-blocking read on the window, so turn off
delay mode */
win->_nodelay = TRUE;
win->_delayms = 0;
}
else
{
/* This causes the read on the window to delay for the number of
milliseconds. Also forces the window into non-blocking read
mode */
/*win->_nodelay = TRUE;*/
win->_delayms = delay;
}
}
void timeout(int delay)
{
PDC_LOG(("timeout() - called\n"));
wtimeout(stdscr, delay);
}
int crmode(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("crmode() - called\n"));
return cbreak();
}
int nocrmode(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("nocrmode() - called\n"));
return nocbreak();
}
bool is_keypad(const WINDOW *win)
{
PDC_LOG(("is_keypad() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return FALSE;
return win->_use_keypad;
}

270
pdcurses/insch.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
insch
-----
### Synopsis
int insch(chtype ch);
int winsch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
int mvinsch(int y, int x, chtype ch);
int mvwinsch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);
int insrawch(chtype ch);
int winsrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
int mvinsrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch);
int mvwinsrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);
int ins_wch(const cchar_t *wch);
int wins_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
int mvins_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
int mvwins_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
### Description
The insch() functions insert a chtype into the window at the current
or specified cursor position. The cursor is NOT advanced. A newline
is equivalent to clrtoeol(); tabs are expanded; other control
characters are converted as with unctrl().
The ins_wch() functions are the wide-character equivalents, taking
cchar_t pointers rather than chtypes.
Video attributes can be combined with a character by ORing them into
the parameter. Text, including attributes, can be copied from one
place to another using inch() and insch().
insrawch() etc. are PDCurses-specific wrappers for insch() etc. that
disable the translation of control characters.
### Return Value
All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
insch Y Y Y
winsch Y Y Y
mvinsch Y Y Y
mvwinsch Y Y Y
ins_wch Y Y Y
wins_wch Y Y Y
mvins_wch Y Y Y
mvwins_wch Y Y Y
insrawch - - -
winsrawch - - -
**man-end****************************************************************/
#include <string.h>
int winsch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
{
int x, y;
chtype attr;
bool xlat;
PDC_LOG(("winsch() - called: win=%p ch=%x (text=%c attr=0x%x)\n",
win, ch, ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES));
if (!win)
return ERR;
x = win->_curx;
y = win->_cury;
if (y > win->_maxy || x > win->_maxx || y < 0 || x < 0)
return ERR;
xlat = !SP->raw_out && !(ch & A_ALTCHARSET);
attr = ch & A_ATTRIBUTES;
ch &= A_CHARTEXT;
if (xlat && (ch < ' ' || ch == 0x7f))
{
int x2;
switch (ch)
{
case '\t':
for (x2 = ((x / TABSIZE) + 1) * TABSIZE; x < x2; x++)
{
if (winsch(win, attr | ' ') == ERR)
return ERR;
}
return OK;
case '\n':
wclrtoeol(win);
break;
case 0x7f:
if (winsch(win, attr | '?') == ERR)
return ERR;
return winsch(win, attr | '^');
default:
/* handle control chars */
if (winsch(win, attr | (ch + '@')) == ERR)
return ERR;
return winsch(win, attr | '^');
}
}
else
{
int maxx;
chtype *temp;
/* If the incoming character doesn't have its own attribute,
then use the current attributes for the window. If it has
attributes but not a color component, OR the attributes to
the current attributes for the window. If it has a color
component, use the attributes solely from the incoming
character. */
if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
attr |= win->_attrs;
/* wrs (4/10/93): Apply the same sort of logic for the window
background, in that it only takes precedence if other color
attributes are not there and that the background character
will only print if the printing character is blank. */
if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
attr |= win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES;
else
attr |= win->_bkgd & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR);
if (ch == ' ')
ch = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT;
/* Add the attribute back into the character. */
ch |= attr;
maxx = win->_maxx;
temp = &win->_y[y][x];
memmove(temp + 1, temp, (maxx - x - 1) * sizeof(chtype));
win->_lastch[y] = maxx - 1;
if ((win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE) || (win->_firstch[y] > x))
win->_firstch[y] = x;
*temp = ch;
}
PDC_sync(win);
return OK;
}
int insch(chtype ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("insch() - called\n"));
return winsch(stdscr, ch);
}
int mvinsch(int y, int x, chtype ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvinsch() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return winsch(stdscr, ch);
}
int mvwinsch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwinsch() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return winsch(win, ch);
}
int winsrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("winsrawch() - called: win=%p ch=%x "
"(char=%c attr=0x%x)\n", win, ch,
ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES));
if ((ch & A_CHARTEXT) < ' ' || (ch & A_CHARTEXT) == 0x7f)
ch |= A_ALTCHARSET;
return winsch(win, ch);
}
int insrawch(chtype ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("insrawch() - called\n"));
return winsrawch(stdscr, ch);
}
int mvinsrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvinsrawch() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return winsrawch(stdscr, ch);
}
int mvwinsrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwinsrawch() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return winsrawch(win, ch);
}
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
int wins_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("wins_wch() - called\n"));
return wch ? winsch(win, *wch) : ERR;
}
int ins_wch(const cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("ins_wch() - called\n"));
return wins_wch(stdscr, wch);
}
int mvins_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvins_wch() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wins_wch(stdscr, wch);
}
int mvwins_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwins_wch() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wins_wch(win, wch);
}
#endif

263
pdcurses/insstr.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
insstr
------
### Synopsis
int insstr(const char *str);
int insnstr(const char *str, int n);
int winsstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);
int winsnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);
int mvinsstr(int y, int x, const char *str);
int mvinsnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);
int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
int ins_wstr(const wchar_t *wstr);
int ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
int wins_wstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr);
int wins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
int mvins_wstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
int mvins_nwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
int mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
int mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
### Description
The insstr() functions insert a character string into a window at the
current cursor position, by repeatedly calling winsch(). When
PDCurses is built with wide-character support enabled, the narrow-
character functions treat the string as a multibyte string in the
current locale, and convert it first. All characters to the right of
the cursor are moved to the right, with the possibility of the
rightmost characters on the line being lost. The cursor position
does not change (after moving to y, x, if specified). The routines
with n as the last argument insert at most n characters; if n is
negative, then the entire string is inserted.
### Return Value
All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
insstr Y Y Y
winsstr Y Y Y
mvinsstr Y Y Y
mvwinsstr Y Y Y
insnstr Y Y Y
winsnstr Y Y Y
mvinsnstr Y Y Y
mvwinsnstr Y Y Y
ins_wstr Y Y Y
wins_wstr Y Y Y
mvins_wstr Y Y Y
mvwins_wstr Y Y Y
ins_nwstr Y Y Y
wins_nwstr Y Y Y
mvins_nwstr Y Y Y
mvwins_nwstr Y Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
#include <string.h>
int winsnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n)
{
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
wchar_t wstr[513], *p;
int i;
#endif
int len;
PDC_LOG(("winsnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n));
if (!win || !str)
return ERR;
len = strlen(str);
if (n < 0 || n > len)
n = len;
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
if (n > 512)
n = 512;
p = wstr;
i = 0;
while (str[i] && i < n)
{
int retval = PDC_mbtowc(p, str + i, n - i);
if (retval <= 0)
break;
p++;
i += retval;
}
while (p > wstr)
if (winsch(win, *--p) == ERR)
#else
while (n)
if (winsch(win, (unsigned char)(str[--n])) == ERR)
#endif
return ERR;
return OK;
}
int insstr(const char *str)
{
PDC_LOG(("insstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
return winsnstr(stdscr, str, -1);
}
int winsstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str)
{
PDC_LOG(("winsstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
return winsnstr(win, str, -1);
}
int mvinsstr(int y, int x, const char *str)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvinsstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\"\n", y, x, str));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return winsnstr(stdscr, str, -1);
}
int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwinsstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return winsnstr(win, str, -1);
}
int insnstr(const char *str, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("insnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n));
return winsnstr(stdscr, str, n);
}
int mvinsnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvinsnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n",
y, x, str, n));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return winsnstr(stdscr, str, n);
}
int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwinsnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n",
y, x, str, n));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return winsnstr(win, str, n);
}
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
int wins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
{
const wchar_t *p;
int len;
PDC_LOG(("wins_nwstr() - called\n"));
if (!win || !wstr)
return ERR;
for (len = 0, p = wstr; *p; p++)
len++;
if (n < 0 || n > len)
n = len;
while (n)
if (winsch(win, wstr[--n]) == ERR)
return ERR;
return OK;
}
int ins_wstr(const wchar_t *wstr)
{
PDC_LOG(("ins_wstr() - called\n"));
return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1);
}
int wins_wstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr)
{
PDC_LOG(("wins_wstr() - called\n"));
return wins_nwstr(win, wstr, -1);
}
int mvins_wstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvins_wstr() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1);
}
int mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwinsstr() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wins_nwstr(win, wstr, -1);
}
int ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("ins_nwstr() - called\n"));
return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
}
int mvins_nwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvinsnstr() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
}
int mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwinsnstr() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return wins_nwstr(win, wstr, n);
}
#endif

245
pdcurses/instr.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
instr
-----
### Synopsis
int instr(char *str);
int innstr(char *str, int n);
int winstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);
int winnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);
int mvinstr(int y, int x, char *str);
int mvinnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);
int mvwinstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);
int mvwinnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n);
int inwstr(wchar_t *wstr);
int innwstr(wchar_t *wstr, int n);
int winwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr);
int winnwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr, int n);
int mvinwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr);
int mvinnwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n);
int mvwinwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr);
int mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n);
### Description
These functions take characters (or wide characters) from the current
or specified position in the window, and return them as a string in
str (or wstr). Attributes are ignored. The functions with n as the
last argument return a string at most n characters long.
### Return Value
Upon successful completion, innstr(), mvinnstr(), mvwinnstr() and
winnstr() return the number of characters actually read into the
string; instr(), mvinstr(), mvwinstr() and winstr() return OK.
Otherwise, all these functions return ERR.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
instr Y Y Y
winstr Y Y Y
mvinstr Y Y Y
mvwinstr Y Y Y
innstr Y Y Y
winnstr Y Y Y
mvinnstr Y Y Y
mvwinnstr Y Y Y
inwstr Y Y Y
winwstr Y Y Y
mvinwstr Y Y Y
mvwinwstr Y Y Y
innwstr Y Y Y
winnwstr Y Y Y
mvinnwstr Y Y Y
mvwinnwstr Y Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
int winnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n)
{
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
wchar_t wstr[513];
if (n < 0 || n > 512)
n = 512;
if (winnwstr(win, wstr, n) == ERR)
return ERR;
return PDC_wcstombs(str, wstr, n);
#else
chtype *src;
int i;
PDC_LOG(("winnstr() - called: n %d \n", n));
if (!win || !str)
return ERR;
if (n < 0 || (win->_curx + n) > win->_maxx)
n = win->_maxx - win->_curx;
src = win->_y[win->_cury] + win->_curx;
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
str[i] = src[i] & A_CHARTEXT;
str[i] = '\0';
return i;
#endif
}
int instr(char *str)
{
PDC_LOG(("instr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
return (ERR == winnstr(stdscr, str, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
}
int winstr(WINDOW *win, char *str)
{
PDC_LOG(("winstr() - called: \n"));
return (ERR == winnstr(win, str, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
}
int mvinstr(int y, int x, char *str)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvinstr() - called: y %d x %d \n", y, x));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return (ERR == winnstr(stdscr, str, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
}
int mvwinstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwinstr() - called: y %d x %d \n", y, x));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return (ERR == winnstr(win, str, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
}
int innstr(char *str, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("innstr() - called: n %d \n", n));
return winnstr(stdscr, str, n);
}
int mvinnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvinnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return winnstr(stdscr, str, n);
}
int mvwinnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwinnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return winnstr(win, str, n);
}
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
int winnwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr, int n)
{
chtype *src;
int i;
PDC_LOG(("winnstr() - called: n %d \n", n));
if (!win || !wstr)
return ERR;
if (n < 0 || (win->_curx + n) > win->_maxx)
n = win->_maxx - win->_curx;
src = win->_y[win->_cury] + win->_curx;
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
wstr[i] = src[i] & A_CHARTEXT;
wstr[i] = L'\0';
return i;
}
int inwstr(wchar_t *wstr)
{
PDC_LOG(("inwstr() - called\n"));
return (ERR == winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
}
int winwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr)
{
PDC_LOG(("winwstr() - called\n"));
return (ERR == winnwstr(win, wstr, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
}
int mvinwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvinwstr() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return (ERR == winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
}
int mvwinwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwinstr() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return (ERR == winnwstr(win, wstr, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
}
int innwstr(wchar_t *wstr, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("innwstr() - called\n"));
return winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
}
int mvinnwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvinnstr() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
}
int mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwinnwstr() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
return winnwstr(win, wstr, n);
}
#endif

297
pdcurses/kernel.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
kernel
------
### Synopsis
int def_prog_mode(void);
int def_shell_mode(void);
int reset_prog_mode(void);
int reset_shell_mode(void);
int resetty(void);
int savetty(void);
int ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int));
int curs_set(int visibility);
int napms(int ms);
int draino(int ms);
int resetterm(void);
int fixterm(void);
int saveterm(void);
### Description
def_prog_mode() and def_shell_mode() save the current terminal modes
as the "program" (in curses) or "shell" (not in curses) state for use
by the reset_prog_mode() and reset_shell_mode() functions. This is
done automatically by initscr().
reset_prog_mode() and reset_shell_mode() restore the terminal to
"program" (in curses) or "shell" (not in curses) state. These are
done automatically by endwin() and doupdate() after an endwin(), so
they would normally not be called before these functions.
savetty() and resetty() save and restore the state of the terminal
modes. savetty() saves the current state in a buffer, and resetty()
restores the state to what it was at the last call to savetty().
curs_set() alters the appearance of the cursor. A visibility of 0
makes it disappear; 1 makes it appear "normal" (usually an underline)
and 2 makes it "highly visible" (usually a block).
ripoffline() reduces the size of stdscr by one line. If the "line"
parameter is positive, the line is removed from the top of the
screen; if negative, from the bottom. Up to 5 lines can be ripped off
stdscr by calling ripoffline() repeatedly. The function argument,
init, is called from within initscr() or newterm(), so ripoffline()
must be called before either of these functions. The init function
receives a pointer to a one-line WINDOW, and the width of the window.
Calling ripoffline() with a NULL init function pointer is an error.
napms() suspends the program for the specified number of
milliseconds. draino() is an archaic equivalent. Note that since
napms() attempts to give up a time slice and yield control back to
the OS, all times are approximate. (In DOS, the delay is actually
rounded down to 50ms (1/20th sec) intervals, with a minimum of one
interval; i.e., 1-99 will wait 50ms, 100-149 will wait 100ms, etc.)
0 returns immediately.
resetterm(), fixterm() and saveterm() are archaic equivalents for
reset_shell_mode(), reset_prog_mode() and def_prog_mode(),
respectively.
### Return Value
All functions return OK on success and ERR on error, except
curs_set(), which returns the previous visibility.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
def_prog_mode Y Y Y
def_shell_mode Y Y Y
reset_prog_mode Y Y Y
reset_shell_mode Y Y Y
resetty Y Y Y
savetty Y Y Y
ripoffline Y Y Y
curs_set Y Y Y
napms Y Y Y
fixterm - Y -
resetterm - Y -
saveterm - Y -
draino - - -
**man-end****************************************************************/
#include <string.h>
RIPPEDOFFLINE linesripped[5];
char linesrippedoff = 0;
static struct cttyset
{
bool been_set;
SCREEN saved;
} ctty[3];
enum { PDC_SH_TTY, PDC_PR_TTY, PDC_SAVE_TTY };
static void _save_mode(int i)
{
ctty[i].been_set = TRUE;
memcpy(&(ctty[i].saved), SP, sizeof(SCREEN));
PDC_save_screen_mode(i);
}
static int _restore_mode(int i)
{
if (ctty[i].been_set == TRUE)
{
memcpy(SP, &(ctty[i].saved), sizeof(SCREEN));
if (ctty[i].saved.raw_out)
raw();
PDC_restore_screen_mode(i);
if ((LINES != ctty[i].saved.lines) ||
(COLS != ctty[i].saved.cols))
resize_term(ctty[i].saved.lines, ctty[i].saved.cols);
PDC_curs_set(ctty[i].saved.visibility);
PDC_gotoyx(ctty[i].saved.cursrow, ctty[i].saved.curscol);
}
return ctty[i].been_set ? OK : ERR;
}
int def_prog_mode(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("def_prog_mode() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
_save_mode(PDC_PR_TTY);
return OK;
}
int def_shell_mode(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("def_shell_mode() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
_save_mode(PDC_SH_TTY);
return OK;
}
int reset_prog_mode(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("reset_prog_mode() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
_restore_mode(PDC_PR_TTY);
PDC_reset_prog_mode();
return OK;
}
int reset_shell_mode(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("reset_shell_mode() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
_restore_mode(PDC_SH_TTY);
PDC_reset_shell_mode();
return OK;
}
int resetty(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("resetty() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
return _restore_mode(PDC_SAVE_TTY);
}
int savetty(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("savetty() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
_save_mode(PDC_SAVE_TTY);
return OK;
}
int curs_set(int visibility)
{
int ret_vis;
PDC_LOG(("curs_set() - called: visibility=%d\n", visibility));
if (!SP || visibility < 0 || visibility > 2)
return ERR;
ret_vis = PDC_curs_set(visibility);
/* If the cursor is changing from invisible to visible, update
its position */
if (visibility && !ret_vis)
PDC_gotoyx(SP->cursrow, SP->curscol);
return ret_vis;
}
int napms(int ms)
{
PDC_LOG(("napms() - called: ms=%d\n", ms));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
if (SP->dirty)
{
int curs_state = SP->visibility;
bool leave_state = is_leaveok(curscr);
SP->dirty = FALSE;
leaveok(curscr, TRUE);
wrefresh(curscr);
leaveok(curscr, leave_state);
curs_set(curs_state);
}
if (ms)
PDC_napms(ms);
return OK;
}
int ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int))
{
PDC_LOG(("ripoffline() - called: line=%d\n", line));
if (linesrippedoff < 5 && line && init)
{
linesripped[(int)linesrippedoff].line = line;
linesripped[(int)linesrippedoff++].init = init;
return OK;
}
return ERR;
}
int draino(int ms)
{
PDC_LOG(("draino() - called\n"));
return napms(ms);
}
int resetterm(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("resetterm() - called\n"));
return reset_shell_mode();
}
int fixterm(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("fixterm() - called\n"));
return reset_prog_mode();
}
int saveterm(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("saveterm() - called\n"));
return def_prog_mode();
}

129
pdcurses/keyname.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
keyname
-------
### Synopsis
char *keyname(int key);
char *key_name(wchar_t c);
bool has_key(int key);
### Description
keyname() returns a string corresponding to the argument key. key may
be any key returned by wgetch().
key_name() is the wide-character version. It takes a wchar_t
parameter, but still returns a char *.
has_key() returns TRUE for recognized keys, FALSE otherwise. This
function is an ncurses extension.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
keyname Y Y Y
key_name Y Y Y
has_key - Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
#include <string.h>
static const char *names[] =
{
"KEY_BREAK", "KEY_DOWN", "KEY_UP", "KEY_LEFT", "KEY_RIGHT",
"KEY_HOME", "KEY_BACKSPACE", "KEY_F0", "KEY_F(1)", "KEY_F(2)",
"KEY_F(3)", "KEY_F(4)", "KEY_F(5)", "KEY_F(6)", "KEY_F(7)",
"KEY_F(8)", "KEY_F(9)", "KEY_F(10)", "KEY_F(11)", "KEY_F(12)",
"KEY_F(13)", "KEY_F(14)", "KEY_F(15)", "KEY_F(16)", "KEY_F(17)",
"KEY_F(18)", "KEY_F(19)", "KEY_F(20)", "KEY_F(21)", "KEY_F(22)",
"KEY_F(23)", "KEY_F(24)", "KEY_F(25)", "KEY_F(26)", "KEY_F(27)",
"KEY_F(28)", "KEY_F(29)", "KEY_F(30)", "KEY_F(31)", "KEY_F(32)",
"KEY_F(33)", "KEY_F(34)", "KEY_F(35)", "KEY_F(36)", "KEY_F(37)",
"KEY_F(38)", "KEY_F(39)", "KEY_F(40)", "KEY_F(41)", "KEY_F(42)",
"KEY_F(43)", "KEY_F(44)", "KEY_F(45)", "KEY_F(46)", "KEY_F(47)",
"KEY_F(48)", "KEY_F(49)", "KEY_F(50)", "KEY_F(51)", "KEY_F(52)",
"KEY_F(53)", "KEY_F(54)", "KEY_F(55)", "KEY_F(56)", "KEY_F(57)",
"KEY_F(58)", "KEY_F(59)", "KEY_F(60)", "KEY_F(61)", "KEY_F(62)",
"KEY_F(63)", "KEY_DL", "KEY_IL", "KEY_DC", "KEY_IC", "KEY_EIC",
"KEY_CLEAR", "KEY_EOS", "KEY_EOL", "KEY_SF", "KEY_SR", "KEY_NPAGE",
"KEY_PPAGE", "KEY_STAB", "KEY_CTAB", "KEY_CATAB", "KEY_ENTER",
"KEY_SRESET", "KEY_RESET", "KEY_PRINT", "KEY_LL", "KEY_ABORT",
"KEY_SHELP", "KEY_LHELP", "KEY_BTAB", "KEY_BEG", "KEY_CANCEL",
"KEY_CLOSE", "KEY_COMMAND", "KEY_COPY", "KEY_CREATE", "KEY_END",
"KEY_EXIT", "KEY_FIND", "KEY_HELP", "KEY_MARK", "KEY_MESSAGE",
"KEY_MOVE", "KEY_NEXT", "KEY_OPEN", "KEY_OPTIONS", "KEY_PREVIOUS",
"KEY_REDO", "KEY_REFERENCE", "KEY_REFRESH", "KEY_REPLACE",
"KEY_RESTART", "KEY_RESUME", "KEY_SAVE", "KEY_SBEG", "KEY_SCANCEL",
"KEY_SCOMMAND", "KEY_SCOPY", "KEY_SCREATE", "KEY_SDC", "KEY_SDL",
"KEY_SELECT", "KEY_SEND", "KEY_SEOL", "KEY_SEXIT", "KEY_SFIND",
"KEY_SHOME", "KEY_SIC", "UNKNOWN KEY", "KEY_SLEFT", "KEY_SMESSAGE",
"KEY_SMOVE", "KEY_SNEXT", "KEY_SOPTIONS", "KEY_SPREVIOUS",
"KEY_SPRINT", "KEY_SREDO", "KEY_SREPLACE", "KEY_SRIGHT",
"KEY_SRSUME", "KEY_SSAVE", "KEY_SSUSPEND", "KEY_SUNDO",
"KEY_SUSPEND", "KEY_UNDO", "ALT_0", "ALT_1", "ALT_2", "ALT_3",
"ALT_4", "ALT_5", "ALT_6", "ALT_7", "ALT_8", "ALT_9", "ALT_A",
"ALT_B", "ALT_C", "ALT_D", "ALT_E", "ALT_F", "ALT_G", "ALT_H",
"ALT_I", "ALT_J", "ALT_K", "ALT_L", "ALT_M", "ALT_N", "ALT_O",
"ALT_P", "ALT_Q", "ALT_R", "ALT_S", "ALT_T", "ALT_U", "ALT_V",
"ALT_W", "ALT_X", "ALT_Y", "ALT_Z", "CTL_LEFT", "CTL_RIGHT",
"CTL_PGUP", "CTL_PGDN", "CTL_HOME", "CTL_END", "KEY_A1", "KEY_A2",
"KEY_A3", "KEY_B1", "KEY_B2", "KEY_B3", "KEY_C1", "KEY_C2",
"KEY_C3", "PADSLASH", "PADENTER", "CTL_PADENTER", "ALT_PADENTER",
"PADSTOP", "PADSTAR", "PADMINUS", "PADPLUS", "CTL_PADSTOP",
"CTL_PADCENTER", "CTL_PADPLUS", "CTL_PADMINUS", "CTL_PADSLASH",
"CTL_PADSTAR", "ALT_PADPLUS", "ALT_PADMINUS", "ALT_PADSLASH",
"ALT_PADSTAR", "ALT_PADSTOP", "CTL_INS", "ALT_DEL", "ALT_INS",
"CTL_UP", "CTL_DOWN", "CTL_TAB", "ALT_TAB", "ALT_MINUS",
"ALT_EQUAL", "ALT_HOME", "ALT_PGUP", "ALT_PGDN", "ALT_END",
"ALT_UP", "ALT_DOWN", "ALT_RIGHT", "ALT_LEFT", "ALT_ENTER",
"ALT_ESC", "ALT_BQUOTE", "ALT_LBRACKET", "ALT_RBRACKET",
"ALT_SEMICOLON", "ALT_FQUOTE", "ALT_COMMA", "ALT_STOP",
"ALT_FSLASH", "ALT_BKSP", "CTL_BKSP", "PAD0", "CTL_PAD0",
"CTL_PAD1", "CTL_PAD2", "CTL_PAD3", "CTL_PAD4", "CTL_PAD5",
"CTL_PAD6", "CTL_PAD7","CTL_PAD8", "CTL_PAD9", "ALT_PAD0",
"ALT_PAD1", "ALT_PAD2", "ALT_PAD3", "ALT_PAD4", "ALT_PAD5",
"ALT_PAD6", "ALT_PAD7", "ALT_PAD8", "ALT_PAD9", "CTL_DEL",
"ALT_BSLASH", "CTL_ENTER", "SHF_PADENTER", "SHF_PADSLASH",
"SHF_PADSTAR", "SHF_PADPLUS", "SHF_PADMINUS", "SHF_UP", "SHF_DOWN",
"SHF_IC", "SHF_DC", "KEY_MOUSE", "KEY_SHIFT_L", "KEY_SHIFT_R",
"KEY_CONTROL_L", "KEY_CONTROL_R", "KEY_ALT_L", "KEY_ALT_R",
"KEY_RESIZE", "KEY_SUP", "KEY_SDOWN"
};
char *keyname(int key)
{
static char _keyname[14];
/* Key names must be in exactly the same order as in curses.h */
PDC_LOG(("keyname() - called: key %d\n", key));
strcpy(_keyname, ((key >= 0) && (key < 0x80)) ? unctrl((chtype)key) :
has_key(key) ? names[key - KEY_MIN] : "UNKNOWN KEY");
return _keyname;
}
bool has_key(int key)
{
PDC_LOG(("has_key() - called: key %d\n", key));
return (key >= KEY_MIN && key <= KEY_MAX);
}
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
char *key_name(wchar_t c)
{
PDC_LOG(("key_name() - called\n"));
return keyname((int)c);
}
#endif

421
pdcurses/mouse.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,421 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
mouse
-----
### Synopsis
int mouse_set(mmask_t mbe);
int mouse_on(mmask_t mbe);
int mouse_off(mmask_t mbe);
int request_mouse_pos(void);
void wmouse_position(WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x);
mmask_t getmouse(void);
int mouseinterval(int wait);
bool wenclose(const WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
bool wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x, bool to_screen);
bool mouse_trafo(int *y, int *x, bool to_screen);
mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t mask, mmask_t *oldmask);
int nc_getmouse(MEVENT *event);
int ungetmouse(MEVENT *event);
bool has_mouse(void);
### Description
As of PDCurses 3.0, there are two separate mouse interfaces: the
classic interface, which is based on the undocumented Sys V mouse
functions; and an ncurses-compatible interface. Both are active at
all times, and you can mix and match functions from each, though it's
not recommended. The ncurses interface is essentially an emulation
layer built on top of the classic interface; it's here to allow
easier porting of ncurses apps.
The classic interface: mouse_set(), mouse_on(), mouse_off(),
request_mouse_pos(), wmouse_position(), and getmouse(). An
application using this interface would start by calling mouse_set()
or mouse_on() with a non-zero value, often ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS. Then it
would check for a KEY_MOUSE return from getch(). If found, it would
call request_mouse_pos() to get the current mouse status.
mouse_set(), mouse_on() and mouse_off() are analagous to attrset(),
attron() and attroff(). These functions set the mouse button events
to trap. The button masks used in these functions are defined in
curses.h and can be or'ed together. They are the group of masks
starting with BUTTON1_RELEASED.
request_mouse_pos() requests curses to fill in the Mouse_status
structure with the current state of the mouse.
wmouse_position() determines if the current mouse position is within
the window passed as an argument. If the mouse is outside the current
window, -1 is returned in the y and x arguments; otherwise the y and
x coordinates of the mouse (relative to the top left corner of the
window) are returned in y and x.
getmouse() returns the current status of the trapped mouse buttons as
set by mouse_set() or mouse_on().
The ncurses interface: mouseinterval(), wenclose(), wmouse_trafo(),
mouse_trafo(), mousemask(), nc_getmouse(), ungetmouse() and
has_mouse(). A typical application using this interface would start
by calling mousemask() with a non-zero value, often ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS.
Then it would check for a KEY_MOUSE return from getch(). If found, it
would call nc_getmouse() to get the current mouse status.
mouseinterval() sets the timeout for a mouse click. On all current
platforms, PDCurses receives mouse button press and release events,
but must synthesize click events. It does this by checking whether a
release event is queued up after a press event. If it gets a press
event, and there are no more events waiting, it will wait for the
timeout interval, then check again for a release. A press followed by
a release is reported as BUTTON_CLICKED; otherwise it's passed
through as BUTTON_PRESSED. The default timeout is 150ms; valid values
are 0 (no clicks reported) through 1000ms. In x11, the timeout can
also be set via the clickPeriod resource. The return value from
mouseinterval() is the old timeout. To check the old value without
setting a new one, call it with a parameter of -1. Note that although
there's no classic equivalent for this function (apart from the
clickPeriod resource), the value set applies in both interfaces.
wenclose() reports whether the given screen-relative y, x coordinates
fall within the given window.
wmouse_trafo() converts between screen-relative and window-relative
coordinates. A to_screen parameter of TRUE means to convert from
window to screen; otherwise the reverse. The function returns FALSE
if the coordinates aren't within the window, or if any of the
parameters are NULL. The coordinates have been converted when the
function returns TRUE.
mouse_trafo() is the stdscr version of wmouse_trafo().
mousemask() is nearly equivalent to mouse_set(), but instead of
OK/ERR, it returns the value of the mask after setting it. (This
isn't necessarily the same value passed in, since the mask could be
altered on some platforms.) And if the second parameter is a non-null
pointer, mousemask() stores the previous mask value there. Also,
since the ncurses interface doesn't work with PDCurses' BUTTON_MOVED
events, mousemask() filters them out.
nc_getmouse() returns the current mouse status in an MEVENT struct.
This is equivalent to ncurses' getmouse(), renamed to avoid conflict
with PDCurses' getmouse(). But if you define PDC_NCMOUSE before
including curses.h, it defines getmouse() to nc_getmouse(), along
with a few other redefintions needed for compatibility with ncurses
code. nc_getmouse() calls request_mouse_pos(), which (not getmouse())
is the classic equivalent.
ungetmouse() is the mouse equivalent of ungetch(). However, PDCurses
doesn't maintain a queue of mouse events; only one can be pushed
back, and it can overwrite or be overwritten by real mouse events.
has_mouse() reports whether the mouse is available at all on the
current platform.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
mouse_set - - -
mouse_on - - -
mouse_off - - -
request_mouse_pos - - -
wmouse_position - - -
getmouse - * -
mouseinterval - Y -
wenclose - Y -
wmouse_trafo - Y -
mouse_trafo - Y -
mousemask - Y -
nc_getmouse - * -
ungetmouse - Y -
has_mouse - Y -
* See above, under Description
**man-end****************************************************************/
#include <string.h>
static bool ungot = FALSE;
int mouse_set(mmask_t mbe)
{
PDC_LOG(("mouse_set() - called: event %x\n", mbe));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
SP->_trap_mbe = mbe;
return PDC_mouse_set();
}
int mouse_on(mmask_t mbe)
{
PDC_LOG(("mouse_on() - called: event %x\n", mbe));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
SP->_trap_mbe |= mbe;
return PDC_mouse_set();
}
int mouse_off(mmask_t mbe)
{
PDC_LOG(("mouse_off() - called: event %x\n", mbe));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
SP->_trap_mbe &= ~mbe;
return PDC_mouse_set();
}
int request_mouse_pos(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("request_mouse_pos() - called\n"));
Mouse_status = SP->mouse_status;
return OK;
}
void wmouse_position(WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x)
{
PDC_LOG(("wmouse_position() - called\n"));
if (win && wenclose(win, MOUSE_Y_POS, MOUSE_X_POS))
{
if (y)
*y = MOUSE_Y_POS - win->_begy;
if (x)
*x = MOUSE_X_POS - win->_begx;
}
else
{
if (y)
*y = -1;
if (x)
*x = -1;
}
}
mmask_t getmouse(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("getmouse() - called\n"));
return SP ? SP->_trap_mbe : (mmask_t)0;
}
/* ncurses mouse interface */
int mouseinterval(int wait)
{
int old_wait;
PDC_LOG(("mouseinterval() - called: %d\n", wait));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
old_wait = SP->mouse_wait;
if (wait >= 0 && wait <= 1000)
SP->mouse_wait = wait;
return old_wait;
}
bool wenclose(const WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
{
PDC_LOG(("wenclose() - called: %p %d %d\n", win, y, x));
return (win && y >= win->_begy && y < win->_begy + win->_maxy
&& x >= win->_begx && x < win->_begx + win->_maxx);
}
bool wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x, bool to_screen)
{
int newy, newx;
PDC_LOG(("wmouse_trafo() - called\n"));
if (!win || !y || !x)
return FALSE;
newy = *y;
newx = *x;
if (to_screen)
{
newy += win->_begy;
newx += win->_begx;
if (!wenclose(win, newy, newx))
return FALSE;
}
else
{
if (wenclose(win, newy, newx))
{
newy -= win->_begy;
newx -= win->_begx;
}
else
return FALSE;
}
*y = newy;
*x = newx;
return TRUE;
}
bool mouse_trafo(int *y, int *x, bool to_screen)
{
PDC_LOG(("mouse_trafo() - called\n"));
return wmouse_trafo(stdscr, y, x, to_screen);
}
mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t mask, mmask_t *oldmask)
{
PDC_LOG(("mousemask() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return (mmask_t)0;
if (oldmask)
*oldmask = SP->_trap_mbe;
/* The ncurses interface doesn't work with our move events, so
filter them here */
mask &= ~(BUTTON1_MOVED | BUTTON2_MOVED | BUTTON3_MOVED);
mouse_set(mask);
return SP->_trap_mbe;
}
int nc_getmouse(MEVENT *event)
{
int i;
mmask_t bstate = 0;
PDC_LOG(("nc_getmouse() - called\n"));
if (!event || !SP)
return ERR;
ungot = FALSE;
request_mouse_pos();
event->id = 0;
event->x = Mouse_status.x;
event->y = Mouse_status.y;
event->z = 0;
for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
{
if (Mouse_status.changes & (1 << i))
{
int shf = i * 5;
short button = Mouse_status.button[i] & BUTTON_ACTION_MASK;
if (button == BUTTON_RELEASED)
bstate |= (BUTTON1_RELEASED << shf);
else if (button == BUTTON_PRESSED)
bstate |= (BUTTON1_PRESSED << shf);
else if (button == BUTTON_CLICKED)
bstate |= (BUTTON1_CLICKED << shf);
else if (button == BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
bstate |= (BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED << shf);
button = Mouse_status.button[i] & BUTTON_MODIFIER_MASK;
if (button & PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT)
bstate |= BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT;
if (button & PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL)
bstate |= BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL;
if (button & PDC_BUTTON_ALT)
bstate |= BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT;
}
}
if (MOUSE_WHEEL_UP)
bstate |= BUTTON4_PRESSED;
else if (MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN)
bstate |= BUTTON5_PRESSED;
/* extra filter pass -- mainly for button modifiers */
event->bstate = bstate & SP->_trap_mbe;
return OK;
}
int ungetmouse(MEVENT *event)
{
int i;
mmask_t bstate;
PDC_LOG(("ungetmouse() - called\n"));
if (!event || ungot)
return ERR;
ungot = TRUE;
SP->mouse_status.x = event->x;
SP->mouse_status.y = event->y;
SP->mouse_status.changes = 0;
bstate = event->bstate;
for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
{
int shf = i * 5;
short button = 0;
if (bstate & ((BUTTON1_RELEASED | BUTTON1_PRESSED |
BUTTON1_CLICKED | BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED) << shf))
{
SP->mouse_status.changes |= 1 << i;
if (bstate & (BUTTON1_PRESSED << shf))
button = BUTTON_PRESSED;
if (bstate & (BUTTON1_CLICKED << shf))
button = BUTTON_CLICKED;
if (bstate & (BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED << shf))
button = BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED;
if (bstate & BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT)
button |= PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT;
if (bstate & BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL)
button |= PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL;
if (bstate & BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT)
button |= PDC_BUTTON_ALT;
}
SP->mouse_status.button[i] = button;
}
if (bstate & BUTTON4_PRESSED)
SP->mouse_status.changes |= PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP;
else if (bstate & BUTTON5_PRESSED)
SP->mouse_status.changes |= PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN;
return PDC_ungetch(KEY_MOUSE);
}
bool has_mouse(void)
{
return PDC_has_mouse();
}

77
pdcurses/move.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
move
----
### Synopsis
int move(int y, int x);
int mvcur(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol);
int wmove(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
### Description
move() and wmove() move the cursor associated with the window to the
given location. This does not move the physical cursor of the
terminal until refresh() is called. The position specified is
relative to the upper left corner of the window, which is (0,0).
mvcur() moves the physical cursor without updating any window cursor
positions.
### Return Value
All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
move Y Y Y
mvcur Y Y Y
wmove Y Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
int move(int y, int x)
{
PDC_LOG(("move() - called: y=%d x=%d\n", y, x));
if (!stdscr || x < 0 || y < 0 || x >= stdscr->_maxx || y >= stdscr->_maxy)
return ERR;
stdscr->_curx = x;
stdscr->_cury = y;
return OK;
}
int mvcur(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvcur() - called: oldrow %d oldcol %d newrow %d newcol %d\n",
oldrow, oldcol, newrow, newcol));
if (!SP || newrow < 0 || newrow >= LINES || newcol < 0 || newcol >= COLS)
return ERR;
PDC_gotoyx(newrow, newcol);
SP->cursrow = newrow;
SP->curscol = newcol;
return OK;
}
int wmove(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
{
PDC_LOG(("wmove() - called: y=%d x=%d\n", y, x));
if (!win || x < 0 || y < 0 || x >= win->_maxx || y >= win->_maxy)
return ERR;
win->_curx = x;
win->_cury = y;
return OK;
}

175
pdcurses/outopts.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
outopts
-------
### Synopsis
int clearok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
int idlok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
void idcok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
void immedok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
int leaveok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
int setscrreg(int top, int bot);
int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *win, int top, int bot);
int scrollok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
int raw_output(bool bf);
bool is_leaveok(const WINDOW *win);
### Description
With clearok(), if bf is TRUE, the next call to wrefresh() with this
window will clear the screen completely and redraw the entire screen.
immedok(), called with a second argument of TRUE, causes an automatic
wrefresh() every time a change is made to the specified window.
Normally, the hardware cursor is left at the location of the window
being refreshed. leaveok() allows the cursor to be left wherever the
update happens to leave it. It's useful for applications where the
cursor is not used, since it reduces the need for cursor motions. If
possible, the cursor is made invisible when this option is enabled.
wsetscrreg() sets a scrolling region in a window; "top" and "bot" are
the line numbers for the top and bottom margins. If this option and
scrollok() are enabled, any attempt to move off the bottom margin
will cause all lines in the scrolling region to scroll up one line.
setscrreg() is the stdscr version.
idlok() and idcok() do nothing in PDCurses, but are provided for
compatibility with other curses implementations.
raw_output() enables the output of raw characters using the standard
*add* and *ins* curses functions (that is, it disables translation of
control characters).
is_leaveok() reports whether the specified window is in leaveok mode.
### Return Value
All functions except is_leaveok() return OK on success and ERR on
error.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
clearok Y Y Y
idlok Y Y Y
idcok Y Y Y
immedok Y Y Y
leaveok Y Y Y
setscrreg Y Y Y
wsetscrreg Y Y Y
scrollok Y Y Y
is_leaveok - Y Y
raw_output - - -
**man-end****************************************************************/
int clearok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
{
PDC_LOG(("clearok() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
win->_clear = bf;
return OK;
}
int idlok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
{
PDC_LOG(("idlok() - called\n"));
return OK;
}
void idcok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
{
PDC_LOG(("idcok() - called\n"));
}
void immedok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
{
PDC_LOG(("immedok() - called\n"));
if (win)
win->_immed = bf;
}
int leaveok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
{
PDC_LOG(("leaveok() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
win->_leaveit = bf;
curs_set(!bf);
return OK;
}
int setscrreg(int top, int bottom)
{
PDC_LOG(("setscrreg() - called: top %d bottom %d\n", top, bottom));
return wsetscrreg(stdscr, top, bottom);
}
int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *win, int top, int bottom)
{
PDC_LOG(("wsetscrreg() - called: top %d bottom %d\n", top, bottom));
if (win && 0 <= top && top <= win->_cury &&
win->_cury <= bottom && bottom < win->_maxy)
{
win->_tmarg = top;
win->_bmarg = bottom;
return OK;
}
else
return ERR;
}
int scrollok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
{
PDC_LOG(("scrollok() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
win->_scroll = bf;
return OK;
}
int raw_output(bool bf)
{
PDC_LOG(("raw_output() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
SP->raw_out = bf;
return OK;
}
bool is_leaveok(const WINDOW *win)
{
PDC_LOG(("is_leaveok() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return FALSE;
return win->_leaveit;
}

214
pdcurses/overlay.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
overlay
-------
### Synopsis
int overlay(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w)
int overwrite(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w)
int copywin(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w, int src_tr,
int src_tc, int dst_tr, int dst_tc, int dst_br,
int dst_bc, int _overlay)
### Description
overlay() and overwrite() copy all the text from src_w into dst_w.
The windows need not be the same size. Those characters in the source
window that intersect with the destination window are copied, so that
the characters appear in the same physical position on the screen.
The difference between the two functions is that overlay() is non-
destructive (blanks are not copied) while overwrite() is destructive
(blanks are copied).
copywin() is similar, but doesn't require that the two windows
overlap. The arguments src_tc and src_tr specify the top left corner
of the region to be copied. dst_tc, dst_tr, dst_br, and dst_bc
specify the region within the destination window to copy to. The
argument "overlay", if TRUE, indicates that the copy is done non-
destructively (as in overlay()); blanks in the source window are not
copied to the destination window. When overlay is FALSE, blanks are
copied.
### Return Value
All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
overlay Y Y Y
overwrite Y Y Y
copywin Y Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
/* Thanks to Andreas Otte <venn@@uni-paderborn.de> for the
corrected overlay()/overwrite() behavior. */
static int _copy_win(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w, int src_tr,
int src_tc, int src_br, int src_bc, int dst_tr,
int dst_tc, bool _overlay)
{
int col, line, y1, fc, *minchng, *maxchng;
chtype *w1ptr, *w2ptr;
int lc = 0;
int xdiff = src_bc - src_tc;
int ydiff = src_br - src_tr;
if (!src_w || !dst_w)
return ERR;
minchng = dst_w->_firstch;
maxchng = dst_w->_lastch;
for (y1 = 0; y1 < dst_tr; y1++)
{
minchng++;
maxchng++;
}
for (line = 0; line < ydiff; line++)
{
w1ptr = src_w->_y[line + src_tr] + src_tc;
w2ptr = dst_w->_y[line + dst_tr] + dst_tc;
fc = _NO_CHANGE;
for (col = 0; col < xdiff; col++)
{
if ((*w1ptr) != (*w2ptr) &&
!((*w1ptr & A_CHARTEXT) == ' ' && _overlay))
{
*w2ptr = *w1ptr;
if (fc == _NO_CHANGE)
fc = col + dst_tc;
lc = col + dst_tc;
}
w1ptr++;
w2ptr++;
}
if (*minchng == _NO_CHANGE)
{
*minchng = fc;
*maxchng = lc;
}
else if (fc != _NO_CHANGE)
{
if (fc < *minchng)
*minchng = fc;
if (lc > *maxchng)
*maxchng = lc;
}
minchng++;
maxchng++;
}
return OK;
}
int _copy_overlap(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w, bool overlay)
{
int first_line, first_col, last_line, last_col;
int src_start_x, src_start_y, dst_start_x, dst_start_y;
int xdiff, ydiff;
if (!src_w || !dst_w)
return ERR;
first_col = max(dst_w->_begx, src_w->_begx);
first_line = max(dst_w->_begy, src_w->_begy);
last_col = min(src_w->_begx + src_w->_maxx, dst_w->_begx + dst_w->_maxx);
last_line = min(src_w->_begy + src_w->_maxy, dst_w->_begy + dst_w->_maxy);
/* determine the overlapping region of the two windows in real
coordinates */
/* if no overlapping region, do nothing */
if ((last_col < first_col) || (last_line < first_line))
return OK;
/* size of overlapping region */
xdiff = last_col - first_col;
ydiff = last_line - first_line;
if (src_w->_begx <= dst_w->_begx)
{
src_start_x = dst_w->_begx - src_w->_begx;
dst_start_x = 0;
}
else
{
dst_start_x = src_w->_begx - dst_w->_begx;
src_start_x = 0;
}
if (src_w->_begy <= dst_w->_begy)
{
src_start_y = dst_w->_begy - src_w->_begy;
dst_start_y = 0;
}
else
{
dst_start_y = src_w->_begy - dst_w->_begy;
src_start_y = 0;
}
return _copy_win(src_w, dst_w, src_start_y, src_start_x,
src_start_y + ydiff, src_start_x + xdiff,
dst_start_y, dst_start_x, overlay);
}
int overlay(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w)
{
PDC_LOG(("overlay() - called\n"));
return _copy_overlap(src_w, dst_w, TRUE);
}
int overwrite(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w)
{
PDC_LOG(("overwrite() - called\n"));
return _copy_overlap(src_w, dst_w, FALSE);
}
int copywin(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w, int src_tr, int src_tc,
int dst_tr, int dst_tc, int dst_br, int dst_bc, int _overlay)
{
int src_end_x, src_end_y;
int src_rows, src_cols, dst_rows, dst_cols;
int min_rows, min_cols;
PDC_LOG(("copywin() - called\n"));
if (!src_w || !dst_w || dst_w == curscr || dst_br >= dst_w->_maxy
|| dst_bc >= dst_w->_maxx || dst_tr < 0 || dst_tc < 0)
return ERR;
src_rows = src_w->_maxy - src_tr;
src_cols = src_w->_maxx - src_tc;
dst_rows = dst_br - dst_tr + 1;
dst_cols = dst_bc - dst_tc + 1;
min_rows = min(src_rows, dst_rows);
min_cols = min(src_cols, dst_cols);
src_end_y = src_tr + min_rows;
src_end_x = src_tc + min_cols;
return _copy_win(src_w, dst_w, src_tr, src_tc, src_end_y, src_end_x,
dst_tr, dst_tc, _overlay);
}

280
pdcurses/pad.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
pad
---
### Synopsis
WINDOW *newpad(int nlines, int ncols);
WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols,
int begy, int begx);
int prefresh(WINDOW *win, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1,
int sy2, int sx2);
int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *w, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1,
int sy2, int sx2);
int pechochar(WINDOW *pad, chtype ch);
int pecho_wchar(WINDOW *pad, const cchar_t *wch);
bool is_pad(const WINDOW *pad);
### Description
A pad is a special kind of window, which is not restricted by the
screen size, and is not necessarily associated with a particular part
of the screen. You can use a pad when you need a large window, and
only a part of the window will be on the screen at one time. Pads are
not refreshed automatically (e.g., from scrolling or echoing of
input). You can't call wrefresh() with a pad as an argument; use
prefresh() or pnoutrefresh() instead. Note that these routines
require additional parameters to specify the part of the pad to be
displayed, and the location to use on the screen.
newpad() creates a new pad data structure.
subpad() creates a new sub-pad within a pad, at position (begy,
begx), with dimensions of nlines lines and ncols columns. This
position is relative to the pad, and not to the screen as with
subwin. Changes to either the parent pad or sub-pad will affect both.
When using sub-pads, you may need to call touchwin() before calling
prefresh().
pnoutrefresh() copies the specified pad to the virtual screen.
prefresh() calls pnoutrefresh(), followed by doupdate().
These routines are analogous to wnoutrefresh() and wrefresh(). (py,
px) specifies the upper left corner of the part of the pad to be
displayed; (sy1, sx1) and (sy2, sx2) describe the screen rectangle
that will contain the selected part of the pad.
pechochar() is functionally equivalent to addch() followed by a call
to prefresh(), with the last-used coordinates and dimensions.
pecho_wchar() is the wide-character version.
is_pad() reports whether the specified window is a pad.
### Return Value
All functions except is_pad() return OK on success and ERR on error.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
newpad Y Y Y
subpad Y Y Y
prefresh Y Y Y
pnoutrefresh Y Y Y
pechochar Y Y Y
pecho_wchar Y Y Y
is_pad - Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
#include <string.h>
/* save values for pechochar() */
static int save_pminrow, save_pmincol;
static int save_sminrow, save_smincol, save_smaxrow, save_smaxcol;
WINDOW *newpad(int nlines, int ncols)
{
WINDOW *win;
PDC_LOG(("newpad() - called: lines=%d cols=%d\n", nlines, ncols));
win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, 0, 0);
if (win)
win = PDC_makelines(win);
if (!win)
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
werase(win);
win->_flags = _PAD;
/* save default values in case pechochar() is the first call to
prefresh(). */
save_pminrow = 0;
save_pmincol = 0;
save_sminrow = 0;
save_smincol = 0;
save_smaxrow = min(LINES, nlines) - 1;
save_smaxcol = min(COLS, ncols) - 1;
return win;
}
WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx)
{
WINDOW *win;
int i;
PDC_LOG(("subpad() - called: lines=%d cols=%d begy=%d begx=%d\n",
nlines, ncols, begy, begx));
if (!orig || !(orig->_flags & _PAD))
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
/* make sure window fits inside the original one */
if (begy < 0 || begx < 0 ||
(begy + nlines) > orig->_maxy ||
(begx + ncols) > orig->_maxx)
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
if (!nlines)
nlines = orig->_maxy - begy;
if (!ncols)
ncols = orig->_maxx - begx;
win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx);
if (!win)
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
/* initialize window variables */
win->_attrs = orig->_attrs;
win->_leaveit = orig->_leaveit;
win->_scroll = orig->_scroll;
win->_nodelay = orig->_nodelay;
win->_use_keypad = orig->_use_keypad;
win->_parent = orig;
for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++)
win->_y[i] = orig->_y[begy + i] + begx;
win->_flags = _SUBPAD;
/* save default values in case pechochar() is the first call
to prefresh(). */
save_pminrow = 0;
save_pmincol = 0;
save_sminrow = 0;
save_smincol = 0;
save_smaxrow = min(LINES, nlines) - 1;
save_smaxcol = min(COLS, ncols) - 1;
return win;
}
int prefresh(WINDOW *win, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1, int sy2, int sx2)
{
PDC_LOG(("prefresh() - called\n"));
if (pnoutrefresh(win, py, px, sy1, sx1, sy2, sx2) == ERR)
return ERR;
doupdate();
return OK;
}
int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *w, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1, int sy2, int sx2)
{
int num_cols;
int sline;
int pline;
PDC_LOG(("pnoutrefresh() - called\n"));
if (py < 0)
py = 0;
if (px < 0)
px = 0;
if (sy1 < 0)
sy1 = 0;
if (sx1 < 0)
sx1 = 0;
if ((!w || !(w->_flags & (_PAD|_SUBPAD)) ||
(sy2 >= LINES) || (sx2 >= COLS)) ||
(sy2 < sy1) || (sx2 < sx1))
return ERR;
sline = sy1;
pline = py;
num_cols = min((sx2 - sx1 + 1), (w->_maxx - px));
while (sline <= sy2)
{
if (pline < w->_maxy)
{
memcpy(curscr->_y[sline] + sx1, w->_y[pline] + px,
num_cols * sizeof(chtype));
if ((curscr->_firstch[sline] == _NO_CHANGE)
|| (curscr->_firstch[sline] > sx1))
curscr->_firstch[sline] = sx1;
if (sx2 > curscr->_lastch[sline])
curscr->_lastch[sline] = sx2;
w->_firstch[pline] = _NO_CHANGE; /* updated now */
w->_lastch[pline] = _NO_CHANGE; /* updated now */
}
sline++;
pline++;
}
if (w->_clear)
{
w->_clear = FALSE;
curscr->_clear = TRUE;
}
/* position the cursor to the pad's current position if possible --
is the pad current position going to end up displayed? if not,
then don't move the cursor; if so, move it to the correct place */
if (!w->_leaveit && w->_cury >= py && w->_curx >= px &&
w->_cury <= py + (sy2 - sy1) && w->_curx <= px + (sx2 - sx1))
{
curscr->_cury = (w->_cury - py) + sy1;
curscr->_curx = (w->_curx - px) + sx1;
}
return OK;
}
int pechochar(WINDOW *pad, chtype ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("pechochar() - called\n"));
if (waddch(pad, ch) == ERR)
return ERR;
return prefresh(pad, save_pminrow, save_pmincol, save_sminrow,
save_smincol, save_smaxrow, save_smaxcol);
}
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
int pecho_wchar(WINDOW *pad, const cchar_t *wch)
{
PDC_LOG(("pecho_wchar() - called\n"));
if (!wch || (waddch(pad, *wch) == ERR))
return ERR;
return prefresh(pad, save_pminrow, save_pmincol, save_sminrow,
save_smincol, save_smaxrow, save_smaxcol);
}
#endif
bool is_pad(const WINDOW *pad)
{
PDC_LOG(("is_pad() - called\n"));
if (!pad)
return FALSE;
return (pad->_flags & _PAD) ? TRUE : FALSE;
}

633
pdcurses/panel.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,633 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
panel
-----
### Synopsis
int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan);
int del_panel(PANEL *pan);
int hide_panel(PANEL *pan);
int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx);
PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win);
PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan);
PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan);
int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan);
const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan);
WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan);
int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *win);
int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *uptr);
int show_panel(PANEL *pan);
int top_panel(PANEL *pan);
void update_panels(void);
### Description
For historic reasons, and for compatibility with other versions of
curses, the panel functions are prototyped in a separate header,
panel.h. In many implementations, they're also in a separate library,
but PDCurses incorporates them.
The panel functions provide a way to have depth relationships between
curses windows. Panels can overlap without making visible the
overlapped portions of underlying windows. The initial curses window,
stdscr, lies beneath all panels. The set of currently visible panels
is the 'deck' of panels.
You can create panels, fetch and set their associated windows,
shuffle panels in the deck, and manipulate them in other ways.
bottom_panel() places pan at the bottom of the deck. The size,
location and contents of the panel are unchanged.
del_panel() deletes pan, but not its associated winwow.
hide_panel() removes a panel from the deck and thus hides it from
view.
move_panel() moves the curses window associated with pan, so that its
upper lefthand corner is at the supplied coordinates. (Don't use
mvwin() on the window.)
new_panel() creates a new panel associated with win and returns the
panel pointer. The new panel is placed at the top of the deck.
panel_above() returns a pointer to the panel in the deck above pan,
or NULL if pan is the top panel. If the value of pan passed is NULL,
this function returns a pointer to the bottom panel in the deck.
panel_below() returns a pointer to the panel in the deck below pan,
or NULL if pan is the bottom panel. If the value of pan passed is
NULL, this function returns a pointer to the top panel in the deck.
panel_hidden() returns OK if pan is hidden and ERR if it is not.
panel_userptr() - Each panel has a user pointer available for
maintaining relevant information. This function returns a pointer to
that information previously set up by set_panel_userptr().
panel_window() returns a pointer to the curses window associated with
the panel.
replace_panel() replaces the current window of pan with win.
set_panel_userptr() - Each panel has a user pointer available for
maintaining relevant information. This function sets the value of
that information.
show_panel() makes a previously hidden panel visible and places it
back in the deck on top.
top_panel() places pan on the top of the deck. The size, location and
contents of the panel are unchanged.
update_panels() refreshes the virtual screen to reflect the depth
relationships between the panels in the deck. The user must use
doupdate() to refresh the physical screen.
### Return Value
Each routine that returns a pointer to an object returns NULL if an
error occurs. Each panel routine that returns an integer, returns OK
if it executes successfully and ERR if it does not.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
bottom_panel - Y Y
del_panel - Y Y
hide_panel - Y Y
move_panel - Y Y
new_panel - Y Y
panel_above - Y Y
panel_below - Y Y
panel_hidden - Y Y
panel_userptr - Y Y
panel_window - Y Y
replace_panel - Y Y
set_panel_userptr - Y Y
show_panel - Y Y
top_panel - Y Y
update_panels - Y Y
Credits:
Original Author - Warren Tucker <wht@n4hgf.mt-park.ga.us>
**man-end****************************************************************/
#include <panel.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
PANEL *_bottom_panel = (PANEL *)0;
PANEL *_top_panel = (PANEL *)0;
PANEL _stdscr_pseudo_panel = { (WINDOW *)0 };
#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG
static void dPanel(char *text, PANEL *pan)
{
PDC_LOG(("%s id=%s b=%s a=%s y=%d x=%d", text, pan->user,
pan->below ? pan->below->user : "--",
pan->above ? pan->above->user : "--",
pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx));
}
static void dStack(char *fmt, int num, PANEL *pan)
{
char s80[80];
sprintf(s80, fmt, num, pan);
PDC_LOG(("%s b=%s t=%s", s80, _bottom_panel ? _bottom_panel->user : "--",
_top_panel ? _top_panel->user : "--"));
if (pan)
PDC_LOG(("pan id=%s", pan->user));
pan = _bottom_panel;
while (pan)
{
dPanel("stk", pan);
pan = pan->above;
}
}
/* debugging hook for wnoutrefresh */
static void Wnoutrefresh(PANEL *pan)
{
dPanel("wnoutrefresh", pan);
wnoutrefresh(pan->win);
}
static void Touchpan(PANEL *pan)
{
dPanel("Touchpan", pan);
touchwin(pan->win);
}
static void Touchline(PANEL *pan, int start, int count)
{
char s80[80];
sprintf(s80, "Touchline s=%d c=%d", start, count);
dPanel(s80, pan);
touchline(pan->win, start, count);
}
#else /* PANEL_DEBUG */
#define dPanel(text, pan)
#define dStack(fmt, num, pan)
#define Wnoutrefresh(pan) wnoutrefresh((pan)->win)
#define Touchpan(pan) touchwin((pan)->win)
#define Touchline(pan, start, count) touchline((pan)->win, start, count)
#endif /* PANEL_DEBUG */
static bool _panels_overlapped(PANEL *pan1, PANEL *pan2)
{
if (!pan1 || !pan2)
return FALSE;
return ((pan1->wstarty >= pan2->wstarty && pan1->wstarty < pan2->wendy)
|| (pan2->wstarty >= pan1->wstarty && pan2->wstarty < pan1->wendy))
&& ((pan1->wstartx >= pan2->wstartx && pan1->wstartx < pan2->wendx)
|| (pan2->wstartx >= pan1->wstartx && pan2->wstartx < pan1->wendx));
}
static void _free_obscure(PANEL *pan)
{
PANELOBS *tobs = pan->obscure; /* "this" one */
PANELOBS *nobs; /* "next" one */
while (tobs)
{
nobs = tobs->above;
free((char *)tobs);
tobs = nobs;
}
pan->obscure = (PANELOBS *)0;
}
static void _override(PANEL *pan, int show)
{
int y;
PANEL *pan2;
PANELOBS *tobs = pan->obscure; /* "this" one */
if (show == 1)
Touchpan(pan);
else if (!show)
{
Touchpan(pan);
Touchpan(&_stdscr_pseudo_panel);
}
else if (show == -1)
while (tobs && (tobs->pan != pan))
tobs = tobs->above;
while (tobs)
{
if ((pan2 = tobs->pan) != pan)
for (y = pan->wstarty; y < pan->wendy; y++)
if ((y >= pan2->wstarty) && (y < pan2->wendy) &&
((is_linetouched(pan->win, y - pan->wstarty)) ||
(is_linetouched(stdscr, y))))
Touchline(pan2, y - pan2->wstarty, 1);
tobs = tobs->above;
}
}
static void _calculate_obscure(void)
{
PANEL *pan, *pan2;
PANELOBS *tobs; /* "this" one */
PANELOBS *lobs; /* last one */
pan = _bottom_panel;
while (pan)
{
if (pan->obscure)
_free_obscure(pan);
lobs = (PANELOBS *)0;
pan2 = _bottom_panel;
while (pan2)
{
if (_panels_overlapped(pan, pan2))
{
if ((tobs = malloc(sizeof(PANELOBS))) == NULL)
return;
tobs->pan = pan2;
dPanel("obscured", pan2);
tobs->above = (PANELOBS *)0;
if (lobs)
lobs->above = tobs;
else
pan->obscure = tobs;
lobs = tobs;
}
pan2 = pan2->above;
}
_override(pan, 1);
pan = pan->above;
}
}
/* check to see if panel is in the stack */
static bool _panel_is_linked(const PANEL *pan)
{
PANEL *pan2 = _bottom_panel;
while (pan2)
{
if (pan2 == pan)
return TRUE;
pan2 = pan2->above;
}
return FALSE;
}
/* link panel into stack at top */
static void _panel_link_top(PANEL *pan)
{
#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG
dStack("<lt%d>", 1, pan);
if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
return;
#endif
pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
if (_top_panel)
{
_top_panel->above = pan;
pan->below = _top_panel;
}
_top_panel = pan;
if (!_bottom_panel)
_bottom_panel = pan;
_calculate_obscure();
dStack("<lt%d>", 9, pan);
}
/* link panel into stack at bottom */
static void _panel_link_bottom(PANEL *pan)
{
#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG
dStack("<lb%d>", 1, pan);
if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
return;
#endif
pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
if (_bottom_panel)
{
_bottom_panel->below = pan;
pan->above = _bottom_panel;
}
_bottom_panel = pan;
if (!_top_panel)
_top_panel = pan;
_calculate_obscure();
dStack("<lb%d>", 9, pan);
}
static void _panel_unlink(PANEL *pan)
{
PANEL *prev;
PANEL *next;
#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG
dStack("<u%d>", 1, pan);
if (!_panel_is_linked(pan))
return;
#endif
_override(pan, 0);
_free_obscure(pan);
prev = pan->below;
next = pan->above;
/* if non-zero, we will not update the list head */
if (prev)
{
prev->above = next;
if(next)
next->below = prev;
}
else if (next)
next->below = prev;
if (pan == _bottom_panel)
_bottom_panel = next;
if (pan == _top_panel)
_top_panel = prev;
_calculate_obscure();
pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
dStack("<u%d>", 9, pan);
}
/************************************************************************
* The following are the public functions for the panels library. *
************************************************************************/
int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan)
{
if (!pan)
return ERR;
if (pan == _bottom_panel)
return OK;
if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
hide_panel(pan);
_panel_link_bottom(pan);
return OK;
}
int del_panel(PANEL *pan)
{
if (pan)
{
if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
hide_panel(pan);
free((char *)pan);
return OK;
}
return ERR;
}
int hide_panel(PANEL *pan)
{
if (!pan)
return ERR;
if (!_panel_is_linked(pan))
{
pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
return ERR;
}
_panel_unlink(pan);
return OK;
}
int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx)
{
WINDOW *win;
int maxy, maxx;
if (!pan)
return ERR;
if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
_override(pan, 0);
win = pan->win;
if (mvwin(win, starty, startx) == ERR)
return ERR;
getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx);
getmaxyx(win, maxy, maxx);
pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + maxy;
pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + maxx;
if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
_calculate_obscure();
return OK;
}
PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win)
{
PANEL *pan;
if (!win)
return (PANEL *)NULL;
pan = malloc(sizeof(PANEL));
if (!_stdscr_pseudo_panel.win)
{
_stdscr_pseudo_panel.win = stdscr;
_stdscr_pseudo_panel.wstarty = 0;
_stdscr_pseudo_panel.wstartx = 0;
_stdscr_pseudo_panel.wendy = LINES;
_stdscr_pseudo_panel.wendx = COLS;
_stdscr_pseudo_panel.user = "stdscr";
_stdscr_pseudo_panel.obscure = (PANELOBS *)0;
}
if (pan)
{
int maxy, maxx;
pan->win = win;
pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx);
getmaxyx(win, maxy, maxx);
pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + maxy;
pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + maxx;
#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG
pan->user = "new";
#else
pan->user = (char *)0;
#endif
pan->obscure = (PANELOBS *)0;
show_panel(pan);
}
return pan;
}
PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan)
{
return pan ? pan->above : _bottom_panel;
}
PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan)
{
return pan ? pan->below : _top_panel;
}
int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan)
{
if (!pan)
return ERR;
return _panel_is_linked(pan) ? ERR : OK;
}
const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan)
{
return pan ? pan->user : NULL;
}
WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan)
{
PDC_LOG(("panel_window() - called\n"));
if (!pan)
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
return pan->win;
}
int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *win)
{
int maxy, maxx;
if (!pan)
return ERR;
if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
_override(pan, 0);
pan->win = win;
getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx);
getmaxyx(win, maxy, maxx);
pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + maxy;
pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + maxx;
if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
_calculate_obscure();
return OK;
}
int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *uptr)
{
if (!pan)
return ERR;
pan->user = uptr;
return OK;
}
int show_panel(PANEL *pan)
{
if (!pan)
return ERR;
if (pan == _top_panel)
return OK;
if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
hide_panel(pan);
_panel_link_top(pan);
return OK;
}
int top_panel(PANEL *pan)
{
return show_panel(pan);
}
void update_panels(void)
{
PANEL *pan;
PDC_LOG(("update_panels() - called\n"));
pan = _bottom_panel;
while (pan)
{
_override(pan, -1);
pan = pan->above;
}
if (is_wintouched(stdscr))
Wnoutrefresh(&_stdscr_pseudo_panel);
pan = _bottom_panel;
while (pan)
{
if (is_wintouched(pan->win) || !pan->above)
Wnoutrefresh(pan);
pan = pan->above;
}
}

129
pdcurses/printw.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
printw
------
### Synopsis
int printw(const char *fmt, ...);
int wprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...);
int mvprintw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
int mvwprintw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt,...);
int vwprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
int vw_printw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
### Description
The printw() functions add a formatted string to the window at the
current or specified cursor position. The format strings are the same
as used in the standard C library's printf(). (printw() can be used
as a drop-in replacement for printf().)
The duplication between vwprintw() and vw_printw() is for historic
reasons. In PDCurses, they're the same.
### Return Value
All functions return the number of characters printed, or ERR on
error.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
printw Y Y Y
wprintw Y Y Y
mvprintw Y Y Y
mvwprintw Y Y Y
vwprintw Y Y Y
vw_printw Y Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
#include <string.h>
int vwprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist)
{
char printbuf[513];
int len;
PDC_LOG(("vwprintw() - called\n"));
#ifdef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
len = vsnprintf(printbuf, 512, fmt, varglist);
#else
len = vsprintf(printbuf, fmt, varglist);
#endif
return (waddstr(win, printbuf) == ERR) ? ERR : len;
}
int printw(const char *fmt, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
PDC_LOG(("printw() - called\n"));
va_start(args, fmt);
retval = vwprintw(stdscr, fmt, args);
va_end(args);
return retval;
}
int wprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
PDC_LOG(("wprintw() - called\n"));
va_start(args, fmt);
retval = vwprintw(win, fmt, args);
va_end(args);
return retval;
}
int mvprintw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
PDC_LOG(("mvprintw() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
va_start(args, fmt);
retval = vwprintw(stdscr, fmt, args);
va_end(args);
return retval;
}
int mvwprintw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
PDC_LOG(("mvwprintw() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
va_start(args, fmt);
retval = vwprintw(win, fmt, args);
va_end(args);
return retval;
}
int vw_printw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist)
{
PDC_LOG(("vw_printw() - called\n"));
return vwprintw(win, fmt, varglist);
}

279
pdcurses/refresh.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
refresh
-------
### Synopsis
int refresh(void);
int wrefresh(WINDOW *win);
int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win);
int doupdate(void);
int redrawwin(WINDOW *win);
int wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int beg_line, int num_lines);
### Description
wrefresh() copies the named window to the physical terminal screen,
taking into account what is already there in order to optimize cursor
movement. refresh() does the same, using stdscr. These routines must
be called to get any output on the terminal, as other routines only
manipulate data structures. Unless leaveok() has been enabled, the
physical cursor of the terminal is left at the location of the
window's cursor.
wnoutrefresh() and doupdate() allow multiple updates with more
efficiency than wrefresh() alone. wrefresh() works by first calling
wnoutrefresh(), which copies the named window to the virtual screen.
It then calls doupdate(), which compares the virtual screen to the
physical screen and does the actual update. A series of calls to
wrefresh() will result in alternating calls to wnoutrefresh() and
doupdate(), causing several bursts of output to the screen. By first
calling wnoutrefresh() for each window, it is then possible to call
doupdate() only once.
In PDCurses, redrawwin() is equivalent to touchwin(), and wredrawln()
is the same as touchline(). In some other curses implementations,
there's a subtle distinction, but it has no meaning in PDCurses.
### Return Value
All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
refresh Y Y Y
wrefresh Y Y Y
wnoutrefresh Y Y Y
doupdate Y Y Y
redrawwin Y Y Y
wredrawln Y Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
#include <string.h>
int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win)
{
int begy, begx; /* window's place on screen */
int i, j;
PDC_LOG(("wnoutrefresh() - called: win=%p\n", win));
if ( !win || (win->_flags & (_PAD|_SUBPAD)) )
return ERR;
begy = win->_begy;
begx = win->_begx;
for (i = 0, j = begy; i < win->_maxy; i++, j++)
{
if (win->_firstch[i] != _NO_CHANGE)
{
chtype *src = win->_y[i];
chtype *dest = curscr->_y[j] + begx;
int first = win->_firstch[i]; /* first changed */
int last = win->_lastch[i]; /* last changed */
/* ignore areas on the outside that are marked as changed,
but really aren't */
while (first <= last && src[first] == dest[first])
first++;
while (last >= first && src[last] == dest[last])
last--;
/* if any have really changed... */
if (first <= last)
{
memcpy(dest + first, src + first,
(last - first + 1) * sizeof(chtype));
first += begx;
last += begx;
if (first < curscr->_firstch[j] ||
curscr->_firstch[j] == _NO_CHANGE)
curscr->_firstch[j] = first;
if (last > curscr->_lastch[j])
curscr->_lastch[j] = last;
}
win->_firstch[i] = _NO_CHANGE; /* updated now */
}
win->_lastch[i] = _NO_CHANGE; /* updated now */
}
if (win->_clear)
win->_clear = FALSE;
if (!win->_leaveit)
{
curscr->_cury = win->_cury + begy;
curscr->_curx = win->_curx + begx;
}
return OK;
}
int doupdate(void)
{
int y;
bool clearall;
PDC_LOG(("doupdate() - called\n"));
if (!SP || !curscr)
return ERR;
if (isendwin()) /* coming back after endwin() called */
{
reset_prog_mode();
clearall = TRUE;
SP->alive = TRUE; /* so isendwin() result is correct */
}
else
clearall = curscr->_clear;
for (y = 0; y < SP->lines; y++)
{
PDC_LOG(("doupdate() - Transforming line %d of %d: %s\n",
y, SP->lines, (curscr->_firstch[y] != _NO_CHANGE) ?
"Yes" : "No"));
if (clearall || curscr->_firstch[y] != _NO_CHANGE)
{
int first, last;
chtype *src = curscr->_y[y];
chtype *dest = SP->lastscr->_y[y];
if (clearall)
{
first = 0;
last = COLS - 1;
}
else
{
first = curscr->_firstch[y];
last = curscr->_lastch[y];
}
while (first <= last)
{
int len = 0;
/* build up a run of changed cells; if two runs are
separated by a single unchanged cell, ignore the
break */
if (clearall)
len = last - first + 1;
else
while (first + len <= last &&
(src[first + len] != dest[first + len] ||
(len && first + len < last &&
src[first + len + 1] != dest[first + len + 1])
)
)
len++;
/* update the screen, and SP->lastscr */
if (len)
{
PDC_transform_line(y, first, len, src + first);
memcpy(dest + first, src + first, len * sizeof(chtype));
first += len;
}
/* skip over runs of unchanged cells */
while (first <= last && src[first] == dest[first])
first++;
}
curscr->_firstch[y] = _NO_CHANGE;
curscr->_lastch[y] = _NO_CHANGE;
}
}
curscr->_clear = FALSE;
if (SP->visibility)
PDC_gotoyx(curscr->_cury, curscr->_curx);
SP->cursrow = curscr->_cury;
SP->curscol = curscr->_curx;
PDC_doupdate();
return OK;
}
int wrefresh(WINDOW *win)
{
bool save_clear;
PDC_LOG(("wrefresh() - called\n"));
if ( !win || (win->_flags & (_PAD|_SUBPAD)) )
return ERR;
save_clear = win->_clear;
if (win == curscr)
curscr->_clear = TRUE;
else
wnoutrefresh(win);
if (save_clear && win->_maxy == SP->lines && win->_maxx == SP->cols)
curscr->_clear = TRUE;
return doupdate();
}
int refresh(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("refresh() - called\n"));
return wrefresh(stdscr);
}
int wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int start, int num)
{
int i;
PDC_LOG(("wredrawln() - called: win=%p start=%d num=%d\n",
win, start, num));
if (!win || start > win->_maxy || start + num > win->_maxy)
return ERR;
for (i = start; i < start + num; i++)
{
win->_firstch[i] = 0;
win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1;
}
return OK;
}
int redrawwin(WINDOW *win)
{
PDC_LOG(("redrawwin() - called: win=%p\n", win));
if (!win)
return ERR;
return wredrawln(win, 0, win->_maxy);
}

581
pdcurses/scanw.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,581 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
scanw
-----
### Synopsis
int scanw(const char *fmt, ...);
int wscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...);
int mvscanw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
int mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
int vwscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
int vw_scanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
### Description
These routines correspond to the standard C library's scanf() family.
Each gets a string from the window via wgetnstr(), and uses the
resulting line as input for the scan.
The duplication between vwscanw() and vw_scanw() is for historic
reasons. In PDCurses, they're the same.
### Return Value
On successful completion, these functions return the number of items
successfully matched. Otherwise they return ERR.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
scanw Y Y Y
wscanw Y Y Y
mvscanw Y Y Y
mvwscanw Y Y Y
vwscanw Y Y Y
vw_scanw Y Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
#include <string.h>
#ifndef HAVE_VSSCANF
# include <stdlib.h>
# include <ctype.h>
# include <limits.h>
static int _pdc_vsscanf(const char *, const char *, va_list);
# define vsscanf _pdc_vsscanf
#endif
int vwscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist)
{
char scanbuf[256];
PDC_LOG(("vwscanw() - called\n"));
if (wgetnstr(win, scanbuf, 255) == ERR)
return ERR;
return vsscanf(scanbuf, fmt, varglist);
}
int scanw(const char *fmt, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
PDC_LOG(("scanw() - called\n"));
va_start(args, fmt);
retval = vwscanw(stdscr, fmt, args);
va_end(args);
return retval;
}
int wscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
PDC_LOG(("wscanw() - called\n"));
va_start(args, fmt);
retval = vwscanw(win, fmt, args);
va_end(args);
return retval;
}
int mvscanw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
PDC_LOG(("mvscanw() - called\n"));
if (move(y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
va_start(args, fmt);
retval = vwscanw(stdscr, fmt, args);
va_end(args);
return retval;
}
int mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
PDC_LOG(("mvscanw() - called\n"));
if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
return ERR;
va_start(args, fmt);
retval = vwscanw(win, fmt, args);
va_end(args);
return retval;
}
int vw_scanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist)
{
PDC_LOG(("vw_scanw() - called\n"));
return vwscanw(win, fmt, varglist);
}
#ifndef HAVE_VSSCANF
/* _pdc_vsscanf() - Internal routine to parse and format an input
buffer. It scans a series of input fields; each field is formatted
according to a supplied format string and the formatted input is
stored in the variable number of addresses passed. Returns the number
of input fields or EOF on error.
Don't compile this unless required. Some compilers (at least Borland
C++ 3.0) have to link with math libraries due to the use of floats.
Based on vsscanf.c and input.c from emx 0.8f library source,
Copyright (c) 1990-1992 by Eberhard Mattes, who has kindly agreed to
its inclusion in PDCurses. */
#define WHITE(x) ((x) == ' ' || (x) == '\t' || (x) == '\n')
#define NEXT(x) \
do { \
x = *buf++; \
if (!x) \
return (count ? count : EOF); \
++chars; \
} while (0)
#define UNGETC() \
do { \
--buf; --chars; \
} while (0)
static int _pdc_vsscanf(const char *buf, const char *fmt, va_list arg_ptr)
{
int count, chars, c, width, radix, d, i;
int *int_ptr;
long *long_ptr;
short *short_ptr;
char *char_ptr;
unsigned char f;
char neg, assign, ok, size;
long n;
char map[256], end;
double dx, dd, *dbl_ptr;
float *flt_ptr;
int exp;
char eneg;
count = 0;
chars = 0;
c = 0;
while ((f = *fmt) != 0)
{
if (WHITE(f))
{
do
{
++fmt;
f = *fmt;
}
while (WHITE(f));
do
{
c = *buf++;
if (!c)
{
if (!f || count)
return count;
else
return EOF;
} else
++chars;
}
while (WHITE(c));
UNGETC();
} else if (f != '%')
{
NEXT(c);
if (c != f)
return count;
++fmt;
} else
{
assign = TRUE;
width = INT_MAX;
char_ptr = NULL;
++fmt;
if (*fmt == '*')
{
assign = FALSE;
++fmt;
}
if (isdigit(*fmt))
{
width = 0;
while (isdigit(*fmt))
width = width * 10 + (*fmt++ - '0');
if (!width)
width = INT_MAX;
}
size = 0;
if (*fmt == 'h' || *fmt == 'l')
size = *fmt++;
f = *fmt;
switch (f)
{
case 'c':
if (width == INT_MAX)
width = 1;
if (assign)
char_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, char *);
while (width > 0)
{
--width;
NEXT(c);
if (assign)
{
*char_ptr++ = (char) c;
++count;
}
}
break;
case '[':
memset(map, 0, 256);
end = 0;
++fmt;
if (*fmt == '^')
{
++fmt;
end = 1;
}
i = 0;
for (;;)
{
f = (unsigned char) *fmt;
switch (f)
{
case 0:
/* avoid skipping past 0 */
--fmt;
NEXT(c);
goto string;
case ']':
if (i > 0)
{
NEXT(c);
goto string;
}
/* no break */
default:
if (fmt[1] == '-' && fmt[2]
&& f < (unsigned char)fmt[2])
{
memset(map + f, 1, (unsigned char)fmt[2] - f);
fmt += 2;
}
else
map[f] = 1;
break;
}
++fmt;
++i;
}
case 's':
memset(map, 0, 256);
map[' '] = 1;
map['\n'] = 1;
map['\r'] = 1;
map['\t'] = 1;
end = 1;
do
{
NEXT(c);
}
while (WHITE(c));
string:
if (assign)
char_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, char *);
while (width > 0 && map[(unsigned char) c] != end)
{
--width;
if (assign)
*char_ptr++ = (char) c;
c = *buf++;
if (!c)
break;
else
++chars;
}
if (assign)
{
*char_ptr = 0;
++count;
}
if (!c)
return count;
else
UNGETC();
break;
case 'f':
case 'e':
case 'E':
case 'g':
case 'G':
neg = ok = FALSE;
dx = 0.0;
do
{
NEXT(c);
}
while (WHITE(c));
if (c == '+')
{
NEXT(c);
--width;
} else if (c == '-')
{
neg = TRUE;
NEXT(c);
--width;
}
while (width > 0 && isdigit(c))
{
--width;
dx = dx * 10.0 + (double) (c - '0');
ok = TRUE;
c = *buf++;
if (!c)
break;
else
++chars;
}
if (width > 0 && c == '.')
{
--width;
dd = 10.0;
NEXT(c);
while (width > 0 && isdigit(c))
{
--width;
dx += (double) (c - '0') / dd;
dd *= 10.0;
ok = TRUE;
c = *buf++;
if (!c)
break;
else
++chars;
}
}
if (!ok)
return count;
if (width > 0 && (c == 'e' || c == 'E'))
{
eneg = FALSE;
exp = 0;
NEXT(c);
--width;
if (width > 0 && c == '+')
{
NEXT(c);
--width;
} else if (width > 0 && c == '-')
{
eneg = TRUE;
NEXT(c);
--width;
}
if (!(width > 0 && isdigit(c)))
{
UNGETC();
return count;
}
while (width > 0 && isdigit(c))
{
--width;
exp = exp * 10 + (c - '0');
c = *buf++;
if (!c)
break;
else
++chars;
}
if (eneg)
exp = -exp;
while (exp > 0)
{
dx *= 10.0;
--exp;
}
while (exp < 0)
{
dx /= 10.0;
++exp;
}
}
if (assign)
{
if (neg)
dx = -dx;
if (size == 'l')
{
dbl_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, double *);
*dbl_ptr = dx;
}
else
{
flt_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, float *);
*flt_ptr = (float)dx;
}
++count;
}
if (!c)
return count;
else
UNGETC();
break;
case 'i':
neg = FALSE;
radix = 10;
do
{
NEXT(c);
}
while (WHITE(c));
if (!(width > 0 && c == '0'))
goto scan_complete_number;
NEXT(c);
--width;
if (width > 0 && (c == 'x' || c == 'X'))
{
NEXT(c);
radix = 16;
--width;
}
else if (width > 0 && (c >= '0' && c <= '7'))
radix = 8;
goto scan_unsigned_number;
case 'd':
case 'u':
case 'o':
case 'x':
case 'X':
do
{
NEXT(c);
}
while (WHITE(c));
switch (f)
{
case 'o':
radix = 8;
break;
case 'x':
case 'X':
radix = 16;
break;
default:
radix = 10;
break;
}
scan_complete_number:
neg = FALSE;
if (width > 0 && c == '+')
{
NEXT(c);
--width;
}
else if (width > 0 && c == '-' && radix == 10)
{
neg = TRUE;
NEXT(c);
--width;
}
scan_unsigned_number:
n = 0;
ok = FALSE;
while (width > 0)
{
--width;
if (isdigit(c))
d = c - '0';
else if (isupper(c))
d = c - 'A' + 10;
else if (islower(c))
d = c - 'a' + 10;
else
break;
if (d < 0 || d >= radix)
break;
ok = TRUE;
n = n * radix + d;
c = *buf++;
if (!c)
break;
else
++chars;
}
if (!ok)
return count;
if (assign)
{
if (neg)
n = -n;
switch (size)
{
case 'h':
short_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, short *);
*short_ptr = (short) n;
break;
case 'l':
long_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, long *);
*long_ptr = (long) n;
break;
default:
int_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, int *);
*int_ptr = (int) n;
}
++count;
}
if (!c)
return count;
else
UNGETC();
break;
case 'n':
if (assign)
{
int_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, int *);
*int_ptr = chars;
++count;
}
break;
default:
if (!f) /* % at end of string */
return count;
NEXT(c);
if (c != f)
return count;
break;
}
++fmt;
}
}
return count;
}
#endif /* HAVE_VSSCANF */

217
pdcurses/scr_dump.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
scr_dump
--------
### Synopsis
int putwin(WINDOW *win, FILE *filep);
WINDOW *getwin(FILE *filep);
int scr_dump(const char *filename);
int scr_init(const char *filename);
int scr_restore(const char *filename);
int scr_set(const char *filename);
### Description
getwin() reads window-related data previously stored in a file by
putwin(). It then creates and initialises a new window using that
data.
putwin() writes all data associated with a window into a file, using
an unspecified format. This information can be retrieved later using
getwin().
scr_dump() writes the current contents of the virtual screen to the
file named by filename in an unspecified format.
scr_restore() function sets the virtual screen to the contents of the
file named by filename, which must have been written using
scr_dump(). The next refresh operation restores the screen to the way
it looked in the dump file.
In PDCurses, scr_init() does nothing, and scr_set() is a synonym for
scr_restore(). Also, scr_dump() and scr_restore() save and load from
curscr. This differs from some other implementations, where
scr_init() works with curscr, and scr_restore() works with newscr;
but the effect should be the same. (PDCurses has no newscr.)
### Return Value
On successful completion, getwin() returns a pointer to the window it
created. Otherwise, it returns a null pointer. Other functions return
OK or ERR.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
putwin Y Y Y
getwin Y Y Y
scr_dump Y Y -
scr_init Y Y -
scr_restore Y Y -
scr_set Y Y -
**man-end****************************************************************/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#define DUMPVER 1 /* Should be updated whenever the WINDOW struct is
changed */
int putwin(WINDOW *win, FILE *filep)
{
static const char *marker = "PDC";
static const unsigned char version = DUMPVER;
PDC_LOG(("putwin() - called\n"));
/* write the marker and the WINDOW struct */
if (filep && fwrite(marker, strlen(marker), 1, filep)
&& fwrite(&version, 1, 1, filep)
&& fwrite(win, sizeof(WINDOW), 1, filep))
{
int i;
/* write each line */
for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy && win->_y[i]; i++)
if (!fwrite(win->_y[i], win->_maxx * sizeof(chtype), 1, filep))
return ERR;
return OK;
}
return ERR;
}
WINDOW *getwin(FILE *filep)
{
WINDOW *win;
char marker[4];
int i, nlines, ncols;
PDC_LOG(("getwin() - called\n"));
win = malloc(sizeof(WINDOW));
if (!win)
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
/* check for the marker, and load the WINDOW struct */
if (!filep || !fread(marker, 4, 1, filep) || strncmp(marker, "PDC", 3)
|| marker[3] != DUMPVER || !fread(win, sizeof(WINDOW), 1, filep))
{
free(win);
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
}
nlines = win->_maxy;
ncols = win->_maxx;
/* allocate the line pointer array */
win->_y = malloc(nlines * sizeof(chtype *));
if (!win->_y)
{
free(win);
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
}
/* allocate the minchng and maxchng arrays */
win->_firstch = malloc(nlines * sizeof(int));
if (!win->_firstch)
{
free(win->_y);
free(win);
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
}
win->_lastch = malloc(nlines * sizeof(int));
if (!win->_lastch)
{
free(win->_firstch);
free(win->_y);
free(win);
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
}
/* allocate the lines */
win = PDC_makelines(win);
if (!win)
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
/* read them */
for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++)
{
if (!fread(win->_y[i], ncols * sizeof(chtype), 1, filep))
{
delwin(win);
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
}
}
touchwin(win);
return win;
}
int scr_dump(const char *filename)
{
FILE *filep;
PDC_LOG(("scr_dump() - called: filename %s\n", filename));
if (filename && (filep = fopen(filename, "wb")) != NULL)
{
int result = putwin(curscr, filep);
fclose(filep);
return result;
}
return ERR;
}
int scr_init(const char *filename)
{
PDC_LOG(("scr_init() - called: filename %s\n", filename));
return OK;
}
int scr_restore(const char *filename)
{
FILE *filep;
PDC_LOG(("scr_restore() - called: filename %s\n", filename));
if (filename && (filep = fopen(filename, "rb")) != NULL)
{
WINDOW *replacement = getwin(filep);
fclose(filep);
if (replacement)
{
int result = overwrite(replacement, curscr);
delwin(replacement);
return result;
}
}
return ERR;
}
int scr_set(const char *filename)
{
PDC_LOG(("scr_set() - called: filename %s\n", filename));
return scr_restore(filename);
}

101
pdcurses/scroll.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
scroll
------
### Synopsis
int scroll(WINDOW *win);
int scrl(int n);
int wscrl(WINDOW *win, int n);
### Description
scroll() causes the window to scroll up one line. This involves
moving the lines in the window data strcture.
With a positive n, scrl() and wscrl() scroll the window up n lines
(line i + n becomes i); otherwise they scroll the window down n
lines.
For these functions to work, scrolling must be enabled via
scrollok(). Note also that scrolling is not allowed if the supplied
window is a pad.
### Return Value
All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
scroll Y Y Y
scrl Y Y Y
wscrl Y Y Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
int wscrl(WINDOW *win, int n)
{
int i, l, dir, start, end;
chtype blank, *temp;
/* Check if window scrolls. Valid for window AND pad */
if (!win || !win->_scroll || !n)
return ERR;
blank = win->_bkgd;
if (n > 0)
{
start = win->_tmarg;
end = win->_bmarg;
dir = 1;
}
else
{
start = win->_bmarg;
end = win->_tmarg;
dir = -1;
}
for (l = 0; l < (n * dir); l++)
{
temp = win->_y[start];
/* re-arrange line pointers */
for (i = start; i != end; i += dir)
win->_y[i] = win->_y[i + dir];
win->_y[end] = temp;
/* make a blank line */
for (i = 0; i < win->_maxx; i++)
*temp++ = blank;
}
touchline(win, win->_tmarg, win->_bmarg - win->_tmarg + 1);
PDC_sync(win);
return OK;
}
int scrl(int n)
{
PDC_LOG(("scrl() - called\n"));
return wscrl(stdscr, n);
}
int scroll(WINDOW *win)
{
PDC_LOG(("scroll() - called\n"));
return wscrl(win, 1);
}

671
pdcurses/slk.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,671 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
slk
---
### Synopsis
int slk_init(int fmt);
int slk_set(int labnum, const char *label, int justify);
int slk_refresh(void);
int slk_noutrefresh(void);
char *slk_label(int labnum);
int slk_clear(void);
int slk_restore(void);
int slk_touch(void);
int slk_attron(const chtype attrs);
int slk_attr_on(const attr_t attrs, void *opts);
int slk_attrset(const chtype attrs);
int slk_attr_set(const attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts);
int slk_attroff(const chtype attrs);
int slk_attr_off(const attr_t attrs, void *opts);
int slk_color(short color_pair);
int slk_wset(int labnum, const wchar_t *label, int justify);
int PDC_mouse_in_slk(int y, int x);
void PDC_slk_free(void);
void PDC_slk_initialize(void);
wchar_t *slk_wlabel(int labnum)
### Description
These functions manipulate a window that contain Soft Label Keys
(SLK). To use the SLK functions, a call to slk_init() must be made
BEFORE initscr() or newterm(). slk_init() removes 1 or 2 lines from
the useable screen, depending on the format selected.
The line(s) removed from the screen are used as a separate window, in
which SLKs are displayed.
slk_init() requires a single parameter which describes the format of
the SLKs as follows:
0 3-2-3 format
1 4-4 format
2 4-4-4 format (ncurses extension)
3 4-4-4 format with index line (ncurses extension)
2 lines used
55 5-5 format (pdcurses format)
slk_refresh(), slk_noutrefresh() and slk_touch() are analogous to
refresh(), noutrefresh() and touch().
### Return Value
All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
slk_init Y Y Y
slk_set Y Y Y
slk_refresh Y Y Y
slk_noutrefresh Y Y Y
slk_label Y Y Y
slk_clear Y Y Y
slk_restore Y Y Y
slk_touch Y Y Y
slk_attron Y Y Y
slk_attrset Y Y Y
slk_attroff Y Y Y
slk_attr_on Y Y Y
slk_attr_set Y Y Y
slk_attr_off Y Y Y
slk_wset Y Y Y
PDC_mouse_in_slk - - -
PDC_slk_free - - -
PDC_slk_initialize - - -
slk_wlabel - - -
**man-end****************************************************************/
#include <stdlib.h>
enum { LABEL_NORMAL = 8, LABEL_EXTENDED = 10, LABEL_NCURSES_EXTENDED = 12 };
static int label_length = 0;
static int labels = 0;
static int label_fmt = 0;
static int label_line = 0;
static bool hidden = FALSE;
static struct SLK {
chtype label[32];
int len;
int format;
int start_col;
} *slk = (struct SLK *)NULL;
/* slk_init() is the slk initialization routine.
This must be called before initscr().
label_fmt = 0, 1 or 55.
0 = 3-2-3 format
1 = 4 - 4 format
2 = 4-4-4 format (ncurses extension for PC 12 function keys)
3 = 4-4-4 format (ncurses extension for PC 12 function keys -
with index line)
55 = 5 - 5 format (extended for PC, 10 function keys) */
int slk_init(int fmt)
{
PDC_LOG(("slk_init() - called\n"));
if (SP)
return ERR;
switch (fmt)
{
case 0: /* 3 - 2 - 3 */
labels = LABEL_NORMAL;
break;
case 1: /* 4 - 4 */
labels = LABEL_NORMAL;
break;
case 2: /* 4 4 4 */
labels = LABEL_NCURSES_EXTENDED;
break;
case 3: /* 4 4 4 with index */
labels = LABEL_NCURSES_EXTENDED;
break;
case 55: /* 5 - 5 */
labels = LABEL_EXTENDED;
break;
default:
return ERR;
}
label_fmt = fmt;
slk = calloc(labels, sizeof(struct SLK));
if (!slk)
labels = 0;
return slk ? OK : ERR;
}
/* draw a single button */
static void _drawone(int num)
{
int i, col, slen;
if (hidden)
return;
slen = slk[num].len;
switch (slk[num].format)
{
case 0: /* LEFT */
col = 0;
break;
case 1: /* CENTER */
col = (label_length - slen) / 2;
if (col + slen > label_length)
--col;
break;
default: /* RIGHT */
col = label_length - slen;
}
wmove(SP->slk_winptr, label_line, slk[num].start_col);
for (i = 0; i < label_length; ++i)
waddch(SP->slk_winptr, (i >= col && i < (col + slen)) ?
slk[num].label[i - col] : ' ');
}
/* redraw each button */
static void _redraw(void)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < labels; ++i)
_drawone(i);
}
/* slk_set() Used to set a slk label to a string.
labnum = 1 - 8 (or 10) (number of the label)
label = string (8 or 7 bytes total), or NULL
justify = 0 : left, 1 : center, 2 : right */
int slk_set(int labnum, const char *label, int justify)
{
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
wchar_t wlabel[32];
PDC_mbstowcs(wlabel, label, 31);
return slk_wset(labnum, wlabel, justify);
#else
PDC_LOG(("slk_set() - called\n"));
if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels || justify < 0 || justify > 2)
return ERR;
labnum--;
if (!label || !(*label))
{
/* Clear the label */
*slk[labnum].label = 0;
slk[labnum].format = 0;
slk[labnum].len = 0;
}
else
{
int i, j = 0;
/* Skip leading spaces */
while (label[j] == ' ')
j++;
/* Copy it */
for (i = 0; i < label_length; i++)
{
chtype ch = label[i + j];
slk[labnum].label[i] = ch;
if (!ch)
break;
}
/* Drop trailing spaces */
while ((i + j) && (label[i + j - 1] == ' '))
i--;
slk[labnum].label[i] = 0;
slk[labnum].format = justify;
slk[labnum].len = i;
}
_drawone(labnum);
return OK;
#endif
}
int slk_refresh(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("slk_refresh() - called\n"));
return (slk_noutrefresh() == ERR) ? ERR : doupdate();
}
int slk_noutrefresh(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("slk_noutrefresh() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
return wnoutrefresh(SP->slk_winptr);
}
char *slk_label(int labnum)
{
static char temp[33];
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
wchar_t *wtemp = slk_wlabel(labnum);
PDC_wcstombs(temp, wtemp, 32);
#else
chtype *p;
int i;
PDC_LOG(("slk_label() - called\n"));
if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels)
return (char *)0;
for (i = 0, p = slk[labnum - 1].label; *p; i++)
temp[i] = *p++;
temp[i] = '\0';
#endif
return temp;
}
int slk_clear(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("slk_clear() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
hidden = TRUE;
werase(SP->slk_winptr);
return wrefresh(SP->slk_winptr);
}
int slk_restore(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("slk_restore() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
hidden = FALSE;
_redraw();
return wrefresh(SP->slk_winptr);
}
int slk_touch(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("slk_touch() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
return touchwin(SP->slk_winptr);
}
int slk_attron(const chtype attrs)
{
int rc;
PDC_LOG(("slk_attron() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
rc = wattron(SP->slk_winptr, attrs);
_redraw();
return rc;
}
int slk_attr_on(const attr_t attrs, void *opts)
{
PDC_LOG(("slk_attr_on() - called\n"));
return slk_attron(attrs);
}
int slk_attroff(const chtype attrs)
{
int rc;
PDC_LOG(("slk_attroff() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
rc = wattroff(SP->slk_winptr, attrs);
_redraw();
return rc;
}
int slk_attr_off(const attr_t attrs, void *opts)
{
PDC_LOG(("slk_attr_off() - called\n"));
return slk_attroff(attrs);
}
int slk_attrset(const chtype attrs)
{
int rc;
PDC_LOG(("slk_attrset() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
rc = wattrset(SP->slk_winptr, attrs);
_redraw();
return rc;
}
int slk_color(short color_pair)
{
int rc;
PDC_LOG(("slk_color() - called\n"));
if (!SP)
return ERR;
rc = wcolor_set(SP->slk_winptr, color_pair, NULL);
_redraw();
return rc;
}
int slk_attr_set(const attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts)
{
PDC_LOG(("slk_attr_set() - called\n"));
return slk_attrset(attrs | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair));
}
static void _slk_calc(void)
{
int i, center, col = 0;
label_length = COLS / labels;
if (label_length > 31)
label_length = 31;
switch (label_fmt)
{
case 0: /* 3 - 2 - 3 F-Key layout */
--label_length;
slk[0].start_col = col;
slk[1].start_col = (col += label_length);
slk[2].start_col = (col += label_length);
center = COLS / 2;
slk[3].start_col = center - label_length + 1;
slk[4].start_col = center + 1;
col = COLS - (label_length * 3) + 1;
slk[5].start_col = col;
slk[6].start_col = (col += label_length);
slk[7].start_col = (col += label_length);
break;
case 1: /* 4 - 4 F-Key layout */
for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
{
slk[i].start_col = col;
col += label_length;
if (i == 3)
col = COLS - (label_length * 4) + 1;
}
break;
case 2: /* 4 4 4 F-Key layout */
case 3: /* 4 4 4 F-Key layout with index */
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
{
slk[i].start_col = col;
col += label_length;
}
center = COLS / 2;
slk[4].start_col = center - (label_length * 2) + 1;
slk[5].start_col = center - label_length + 1;
slk[6].start_col = center + 1;
slk[7].start_col = center + label_length + 1;
col = COLS - (label_length * 4) + 1;
for (i = 8; i < 12; i++)
{
slk[i].start_col = col;
col += label_length;
}
break;
default: /* 5 - 5 F-Key layout */
for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
{
slk[i].start_col = col;
col += label_length;
if (i == 4)
col = COLS - (label_length * 5) + 1;
}
}
--label_length;
/* make sure labels are all in window */
_redraw();
}
void PDC_slk_initialize(void)
{
if (slk)
{
if (label_fmt == 3)
{
SP->slklines = 2;
label_line = 1;
}
else
SP->slklines = 1;
if (!SP->slk_winptr)
{
SP->slk_winptr = newwin(SP->slklines, COLS,
LINES - SP->slklines, 0);
if (!SP->slk_winptr)
return;
wattrset(SP->slk_winptr, A_REVERSE);
}
_slk_calc();
/* if we have an index line, display it now */
if (label_fmt == 3)
{
chtype save_attr;
int i;
save_attr = SP->slk_winptr->_attrs;
wattrset(SP->slk_winptr, A_NORMAL);
wmove(SP->slk_winptr, 0, 0);
whline(SP->slk_winptr, 0, COLS);
for (i = 0; i < labels; i++)
mvwprintw(SP->slk_winptr, 0, slk[i].start_col, "F%d", i + 1);
SP->slk_winptr->_attrs = save_attr;
}
touchwin(SP->slk_winptr);
}
}
void PDC_slk_free(void)
{
if (slk)
{
if (SP->slk_winptr)
{
delwin(SP->slk_winptr);
SP->slk_winptr = (WINDOW *)NULL;
}
free(slk);
slk = (struct SLK *)NULL;
label_length = 0;
labels = 0;
label_fmt = 0;
label_line = 0;
hidden = FALSE;
}
}
int PDC_mouse_in_slk(int y, int x)
{
int i;
PDC_LOG(("PDC_mouse_in_slk() - called: y->%d x->%d\n", y, x));
/* If the line on which the mouse was clicked is NOT the last line
of the screen, we are not interested in it. */
if (!slk || !SP->slk_winptr || (y != SP->slk_winptr->_begy + label_line))
return 0;
for (i = 0; i < labels; i++)
if (x >= slk[i].start_col && x < (slk[i].start_col + label_length))
return i + 1;
return 0;
}
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
int slk_wset(int labnum, const wchar_t *label, int justify)
{
PDC_LOG(("slk_wset() - called\n"));
if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels || justify < 0 || justify > 2)
return ERR;
labnum--;
if (!label || !(*label))
{
/* Clear the label */
*slk[labnum].label = 0;
slk[labnum].format = 0;
slk[labnum].len = 0;
}
else
{
int i, j = 0;
/* Skip leading spaces */
while (label[j] == L' ')
j++;
/* Copy it */
for (i = 0; i < label_length; i++)
{
chtype ch = label[i + j];
slk[labnum].label[i] = ch;
if (!ch)
break;
}
/* Drop trailing spaces */
while ((i + j) && (label[i + j - 1] == L' '))
i--;
slk[labnum].label[i] = 0;
slk[labnum].format = justify;
slk[labnum].len = i;
}
_drawone(labnum);
return OK;
}
wchar_t *slk_wlabel(int labnum)
{
static wchar_t temp[33];
chtype *p;
int i;
PDC_LOG(("slk_wlabel() - called\n"));
if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels)
return (wchar_t *)0;
for (i = 0, p = slk[labnum - 1].label; *p; i++)
temp[i] = *p++;
temp[i] = '\0';
return temp;
}
#endif

172
pdcurses/termattr.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
termattr
--------
### Synopsis
int baudrate(void);
char erasechar(void);
bool has_ic(void);
bool has_il(void);
char killchar(void);
char *longname(void);
chtype termattrs(void);
attr_t term_attrs(void);
char *termname(void);
int erasewchar(wchar_t *ch);
int killwchar(wchar_t *ch);
char wordchar(void);
### Description
baudrate() is supposed to return the output speed of the terminal. In
PDCurses, it simply returns INT_MAX.
has_ic and has_il() return TRUE. These functions have meaning in some
other implementations of curses.
erasechar() and killchar() return ^H and ^U, respectively -- the
ERASE and KILL characters. In other curses implementations, these may
vary by terminal type. erasewchar() and killwchar() are the wide-
character versions; they take a pointer to a location in which to
store the character, and return OK or ERR.
longname() returns a pointer to a static area containing a verbose
description of the current terminal. The maximum length of the string
is 128 characters. It is defined only after the call to initscr() or
newterm().
termname() returns a pointer to a static area containing a short
description of the current terminal (14 characters).
termattrs() returns a logical OR of all video attributes supported by
the terminal.
wordchar() is a PDCurses extension of the concept behind the
functions erasechar() and killchar(), returning the "delete word"
character, ^W.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
baudrate Y Y Y
erasechar Y Y Y
has_ic Y Y Y
has_il Y Y Y
killchar Y Y Y
longname Y Y Y
termattrs Y Y Y
termname Y Y Y
erasewchar Y Y Y
killwchar Y Y Y
term_attrs Y Y Y
wordchar - - -
**man-end****************************************************************/
#include <string.h>
#include <limits.h>
int baudrate(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("baudrate() - called\n"));
return INT_MAX;
}
char erasechar(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("erasechar() - called\n"));
return _ECHAR; /* character delete char (^H) */
}
bool has_ic(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("has_ic() - called\n"));
return TRUE;
}
bool has_il(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("has_il() - called\n"));
return TRUE;
}
char killchar(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("killchar() - called\n"));
return _DLCHAR; /* line delete char (^U) */
}
char *longname(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("longname() - called\n"));
return ttytype + 9; /* skip "pdcurses|" */
}
chtype termattrs(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("termattrs() - called\n"));
return SP ? SP->termattrs : (chtype)0;
}
attr_t term_attrs(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("term_attrs() - called\n"));
return SP ? SP->termattrs : (attr_t)0;
}
char *termname(void)
{
static char _termname[14] = "pdcurses";
PDC_LOG(("termname() - called\n"));
return _termname;
}
char wordchar(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("wordchar() - called\n"));
return _DWCHAR; /* word delete char */
}
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
int erasewchar(wchar_t *ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("erasewchar() - called\n"));
if (!ch)
return ERR;
*ch = (wchar_t)_ECHAR;
return OK;
}
int killwchar(wchar_t *ch)
{
PDC_LOG(("killwchar() - called\n"));
if (!ch)
return ERR;
*ch = (wchar_t)_DLCHAR;
return OK;
}
#endif

199
pdcurses/touch.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
touch
-----
### Synopsis
int touchwin(WINDOW *win);
int touchline(WINDOW *win, int start, int count);
int untouchwin(WINDOW *win);
int wtouchln(WINDOW *win, int y, int n, int changed);
bool is_linetouched(WINDOW *win, int line);
bool is_wintouched(WINDOW *win);
int touchoverlap(const WINDOW *win1, WINDOW *win2);
### Description
touchwin() and touchline() throw away all information about which
parts of the window have been touched, pretending that the entire
window has been drawn on. This is sometimes necessary when using
overlapping windows, since a change to one window will affect the
other window, but the records of which lines have been changed in the
other window will not reflect the change.
untouchwin() marks all lines in the window as unchanged since the
last call to wrefresh().
wtouchln() makes n lines in the window, starting at line y, look as
if they have (changed == 1) or have not (changed == 0) been changed
since the last call to wrefresh().
is_linetouched() returns TRUE if the specified line in the specified
window has been changed since the last call to wrefresh().
is_wintouched() returns TRUE if the specified window has been changed
since the last call to wrefresh().
touchoverlap(win1, win2) marks the portion of win2 which overlaps
with win1 as modified.
### Return Value
All functions return OK on success and ERR on error except
is_wintouched() and is_linetouched().
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
touchwin Y Y Y
touchline Y Y Y
untouchwin Y Y Y
wtouchln Y Y Y
is_linetouched Y Y Y
is_wintouched Y Y Y
touchoverlap - - Y
**man-end****************************************************************/
int touchwin(WINDOW *win)
{
int i;
PDC_LOG(("touchwin() - called: Win=%x\n", win));
if (!win)
return ERR;
for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++)
{
win->_firstch[i] = 0;
win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1;
}
return OK;
}
int touchline(WINDOW *win, int start, int count)
{
int i;
PDC_LOG(("touchline() - called: win=%p start %d count %d\n",
win, start, count));
if (!win || start > win->_maxy || start + count > win->_maxy)
return ERR;
for (i = start; i < start + count; i++)
{
win->_firstch[i] = 0;
win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1;
}
return OK;
}
int untouchwin(WINDOW *win)
{
int i;
PDC_LOG(("untouchwin() - called: win=%p", win));
if (!win)
return ERR;
for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++)
{
win->_firstch[i] = _NO_CHANGE;
win->_lastch[i] = _NO_CHANGE;
}
return OK;
}
int wtouchln(WINDOW *win, int y, int n, int changed)
{
int i;
PDC_LOG(("wtouchln() - called: win=%p y=%d n=%d changed=%d\n",
win, y, n, changed));
if (!win || y > win->_maxy || y + n > win->_maxy)
return ERR;
for (i = y; i < y + n; i++)
{
if (changed)
{
win->_firstch[i] = 0;
win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1;
}
else
{
win->_firstch[i] = _NO_CHANGE;
win->_lastch[i] = _NO_CHANGE;
}
}
return OK;
}
bool is_linetouched(WINDOW *win, int line)
{
PDC_LOG(("is_linetouched() - called: win=%p line=%d\n", win, line));
if (!win || line > win->_maxy || line < 0)
return FALSE;
return (win->_firstch[line] != _NO_CHANGE) ? TRUE : FALSE;
}
bool is_wintouched(WINDOW *win)
{
int i;
PDC_LOG(("is_wintouched() - called: win=%p\n", win));
if (win)
for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++)
if (win->_firstch[i] != _NO_CHANGE)
return TRUE;
return FALSE;
}
int touchoverlap(const WINDOW *win1, WINDOW *win2)
{
int y, endy, endx, starty, startx;
PDC_LOG(("touchoverlap() - called: win1=%p win2=%p\n", win1, win2));
if (!win1 || !win2)
return ERR;
starty = max(win1->_begy, win2->_begy);
startx = max(win1->_begx, win2->_begx);
endy = min(win1->_maxy + win1->_begy, win2->_maxy + win2->_begy);
endx = min(win1->_maxx + win1->_begx, win2->_maxx + win2->_begx);
if (starty >= endy || startx >= endx)
return OK;
starty -= win2->_begy;
startx -= win2->_begx;
endy -= win2->_begy;
endx -= win2->_begx;
endx -= 1;
for (y = starty; y < endy; y++)
{
win2->_firstch[y] = startx;
win2->_lastch[y] = endx;
}
return OK;
}

308
pdcurses/util.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
util
----
### Synopsis
char *unctrl(chtype c);
void filter(void);
void use_env(bool x);
int delay_output(int ms);
int getcchar(const cchar_t *wcval, wchar_t *wch, attr_t *attrs,
short *color_pair, void *opts);
int setcchar(cchar_t *wcval, const wchar_t *wch, const attr_t attrs,
short color_pair, const void *opts);
wchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *wc);
int PDC_mbtowc(wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n);
size_t PDC_mbstowcs(wchar_t *dest, const char *src, size_t n);
size_t PDC_wcstombs(char *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n);
### Description
unctrl() expands the text portion of the chtype c into a printable
string. Control characters are changed to the "^X" notation; others
are passed through. wunctrl() is the wide-character version of the
function.
filter() and use_env() are no-ops in PDCurses.
delay_output() inserts an ms millisecond pause in output.
getcchar() works in two modes: When wch is not NULL, it reads the
cchar_t pointed to by wcval and stores the attributes in attrs, the
color pair in color_pair, and the text in the wide-character string
wch. When wch is NULL, getcchar() merely returns the number of wide
characters in wcval. In either mode, the opts argument is unused.
setcchar constructs a cchar_t at wcval from the wide-character text
at wch, the attributes in attr and the color pair in color_pair. The
opts argument is unused.
Currently, the length returned by getcchar() is always 1 or 0.
Similarly, setcchar() will only take the first wide character from
wch, and ignore any others that it "should" take (i.e., combining
characters). Nor will it correctly handle any character outside the
basic multilingual plane (UCS-2).
### Return Value
wunctrl() returns NULL on failure. delay_output() always returns OK.
getcchar() returns the number of wide characters wcval points to when
wch is NULL; when it's not, getcchar() returns OK or ERR.
setcchar() returns OK or ERR.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
unctrl Y Y Y
filter Y Y Y
use_env Y Y Y
delay_output Y Y Y
getcchar Y Y Y
setcchar Y Y Y
wunctrl Y Y Y
PDC_mbtowc - - -
PDC_mbstowcs - - -
PDC_wcstombs - - -
**man-end****************************************************************/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
char *unctrl(chtype c)
{
static char strbuf[3] = {0, 0, 0};
chtype ic;
PDC_LOG(("unctrl() - called\n"));
ic = c & A_CHARTEXT;
if (ic >= 0x20 && ic != 0x7f) /* normal characters */
{
strbuf[0] = (char)ic;
strbuf[1] = '\0';
return strbuf;
}
strbuf[0] = '^'; /* '^' prefix */
if (ic == 0x7f) /* 0x7f == DEL */
strbuf[1] = '?';
else /* other control */
strbuf[1] = (char)(ic + '@');
return strbuf;
}
void filter(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("filter() - called\n"));
}
void use_env(bool x)
{
PDC_LOG(("use_env() - called: x %d\n", x));
}
int delay_output(int ms)
{
PDC_LOG(("delay_output() - called: ms %d\n", ms));
return napms(ms);
}
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
int getcchar(const cchar_t *wcval, wchar_t *wch, attr_t *attrs,
short *color_pair, void *opts)
{
if (!wcval)
return ERR;
if (wch)
{
if (!attrs || !color_pair)
return ERR;
*wch = (*wcval & A_CHARTEXT);
*attrs = (*wcval & (A_ATTRIBUTES & ~A_COLOR));
*color_pair = PAIR_NUMBER(*wcval & A_COLOR);
if (*wch)
*++wch = L'\0';
return OK;
}
else
return ((*wcval & A_CHARTEXT) != L'\0');
}
int setcchar(cchar_t *wcval, const wchar_t *wch, const attr_t attrs,
short color_pair, const void *opts)
{
if (!wcval || !wch)
return ERR;
*wcval = *wch | attrs | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair);
return OK;
}
wchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *wc)
{
static wchar_t strbuf[3] = {0, 0, 0};
cchar_t ic;
PDC_LOG(("wunctrl() - called\n"));
if (!wc)
return NULL;
ic = *wc & A_CHARTEXT;
if (ic >= 0x20 && ic != 0x7f) /* normal characters */
{
strbuf[0] = (wchar_t)ic;
strbuf[1] = L'\0';
return strbuf;
}
strbuf[0] = '^'; /* '^' prefix */
if (ic == 0x7f) /* 0x7f == DEL */
strbuf[1] = '?';
else /* other control */
strbuf[1] = (wchar_t)(ic + '@');
return strbuf;
}
int PDC_mbtowc(wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n)
{
# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8
wchar_t key;
int i = -1;
const unsigned char *string;
if (!s || (n < 1))
return -1;
if (!*s)
return 0;
string = (const unsigned char *)s;
key = string[0];
/* Simplistic UTF-8 decoder -- only does the BMP, minimal validation */
if (key & 0x80)
{
if ((key & 0xe0) == 0xc0)
{
if (1 < n)
{
key = ((key & 0x1f) << 6) | (string[1] & 0x3f);
i = 2;
}
}
else if ((key & 0xe0) == 0xe0)
{
if (2 < n)
{
key = ((key & 0x0f) << 12) | ((string[1] & 0x3f) << 6) |
(string[2] & 0x3f);
i = 3;
}
}
}
else
i = 1;
if (i)
*pwc = key;
return i;
# else
return mbtowc(pwc, s, n);
# endif
}
size_t PDC_mbstowcs(wchar_t *dest, const char *src, size_t n)
{
# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8
size_t i = 0, len;
if (!src || !dest)
return 0;
len = strlen(src);
while (*src && i < n)
{
int retval = PDC_mbtowc(dest + i, src, len);
if (retval < 1)
return -1;
src += retval;
len -= retval;
i++;
}
# else
size_t i = mbstowcs(dest, src, n);
# endif
dest[i] = 0;
return i;
}
size_t PDC_wcstombs(char *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n)
{
# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8
size_t i = 0;
if (!src || !dest)
return 0;
while (*src && i < n)
{
chtype code = *src++;
if (code < 0x80)
{
dest[i] = code;
i++;
}
else
if (code < 0x800)
{
dest[i] = ((code & 0x07c0) >> 6) | 0xc0;
dest[i + 1] = (code & 0x003f) | 0x80;
i += 2;
}
else
{
dest[i] = ((code & 0xf000) >> 12) | 0xe0;
dest[i + 1] = ((code & 0x0fc0) >> 6) | 0x80;
dest[i + 2] = (code & 0x003f) | 0x80;
i += 3;
}
}
# else
size_t i = wcstombs(dest, src, n);
# endif
dest[i] = '\0';
return i;
}
#endif

582
pdcurses/window.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,582 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include <curspriv.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
window
------
### Synopsis
WINDOW *newwin(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx);
WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW* orig, int nlines, int ncols,
int begy, int begx);
WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW* orig, int nlines, int ncols,
int begy, int begx);
WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *win);
int delwin(WINDOW *win);
int mvwin(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
int mvderwin(WINDOW *win, int pary, int parx);
int syncok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
void wsyncup(WINDOW *win);
void wcursyncup(WINDOW *win);
void wsyncdown(WINDOW *win);
WINDOW *resize_window(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols);
int wresize(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols);
WINDOW *PDC_makelines(WINDOW *win);
WINDOW *PDC_makenew(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx);
void PDC_sync(WINDOW *win);
### Description
newwin() creates a new window with the given number of lines, nlines
and columns, ncols. The upper left corner of the window is at line
begy, column begx. If nlines is zero, it defaults to LINES - begy;
ncols to COLS - begx. Create a new full-screen window by calling
newwin(0, 0, 0, 0).
delwin() deletes the named window, freeing all associated memory. In
the case of overlapping windows, subwindows should be deleted before
the main window.
mvwin() moves the window so that the upper left-hand corner is at
position (y,x). If the move would cause the window to be off the
screen, it is an error and the window is not moved. Moving subwindows
is allowed.
subwin() creates a new subwindow within a window. The dimensions of
the subwindow are nlines lines and ncols columns. The subwindow is at
position (begy, begx) on the screen. This position is relative to the
screen, and not to the window orig. Changes made to either window
will affect both. When using this routine, you will often need to
call touchwin() before calling wrefresh().
derwin() is the same as subwin(), except that begy and begx are
relative to the origin of the window orig rather than the screen.
There is no difference between subwindows and derived windows.
mvderwin() moves a derived window (or subwindow) inside its parent
window. The screen-relative parameters of the window are not changed.
This routine is used to display different parts of the parent window
at the same physical position on the screen.
dupwin() creates an exact duplicate of the window win.
wsyncup() causes a touchwin() of all of the window's parents.
If wsyncok() is called with a second argument of TRUE, this causes a
wsyncup() to be called every time the window is changed.
wcursyncup() causes the current cursor position of all of a window's
ancestors to reflect the current cursor position of the current
window.
wsyncdown() causes a touchwin() of the current window if any of its
parent's windows have been touched.
resize_window() allows the user to resize an existing window. It
returns the pointer to the new window, or NULL on failure.
wresize() is an ncurses-compatible wrapper for resize_window(). Note
that, unlike ncurses, it will NOT process any subwindows of the
window. (However, you still can call it _on_ subwindows.) It returns
OK or ERR.
PDC_makenew() allocates all data for a new WINDOW * except the actual
lines themselves. If it's unable to allocate memory for the window
structure, it will free all allocated memory and return a NULL
pointer.
PDC_makelines() allocates the memory for the lines.
PDC_sync() handles wrefresh() and wsyncup() calls when a window is
changed.
### Return Value
newwin(), subwin(), derwin() and dupwin() return a pointer to the new
window, or NULL on failure. delwin(), mvwin(), mvderwin() and
syncok() return OK or ERR. wsyncup(), wcursyncup() and wsyncdown()
return nothing.
### Errors
It is an error to call resize_window() before calling initscr().
Also, an error will be generated if we fail to create a newly sized
replacement window for curscr, or stdscr. This could happen when
increasing the window size. NOTE: If this happens, the previously
successfully allocated windows are left alone; i.e., the resize is
NOT cancelled for those windows.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
newwin Y Y Y
delwin Y Y Y
mvwin Y Y Y
subwin Y Y Y
derwin Y Y Y
mvderwin Y Y Y
dupwin Y Y Y
wsyncup Y Y Y
syncok Y Y Y
wcursyncup Y Y Y
wsyncdown Y Y Y
wresize - Y Y
resize_window - - -
PDC_makelines - - -
PDC_makenew - - -
PDC_sync - - -
**man-end****************************************************************/
#include <stdlib.h>
WINDOW *PDC_makenew(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx)
{
WINDOW *win;
PDC_LOG(("PDC_makenew() - called: lines %d cols %d begy %d begx %d\n",
nlines, ncols, begy, begx));
/* allocate the window structure itself */
win = calloc(1, sizeof(WINDOW));
if (!win)
return win;
/* allocate the line pointer array */
win->_y = malloc(nlines * sizeof(chtype *));
if (!win->_y)
{
free(win);
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
}
/* allocate the minchng and maxchng arrays */
win->_firstch = malloc(nlines * sizeof(int));
if (!win->_firstch)
{
free(win->_y);
free(win);
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
}
win->_lastch = malloc(nlines * sizeof(int));
if (!win->_lastch)
{
free(win->_firstch);
free(win->_y);
free(win);
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
}
/* initialize window variables */
win->_maxy = nlines; /* real max screen size */
win->_maxx = ncols; /* real max screen size */
win->_begy = begy;
win->_begx = begx;
win->_bkgd = ' '; /* wrs 4/10/93 -- initialize background to blank */
win->_clear = (bool) ((nlines == LINES) && (ncols == COLS));
win->_bmarg = nlines - 1;
win->_parx = win->_pary = -1;
/* init to say window all changed */
touchwin(win);
return win;
}
WINDOW *PDC_makelines(WINDOW *win)
{
int i, j, nlines, ncols;
PDC_LOG(("PDC_makelines() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
nlines = win->_maxy;
ncols = win->_maxx;
for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++)
{
win->_y[i] = malloc(ncols * sizeof(chtype));
if (!win->_y[i])
{
/* if error, free all the data */
for (j = 0; j < i; j++)
free(win->_y[j]);
free(win->_firstch);
free(win->_lastch);
free(win->_y);
free(win);
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
}
}
return win;
}
void PDC_sync(WINDOW *win)
{
PDC_LOG(("PDC_sync() - called:\n"));
if (win->_immed)
wrefresh(win);
if (win->_sync)
wsyncup(win);
}
WINDOW *newwin(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx)
{
WINDOW *win;
PDC_LOG(("newwin() - called:lines=%d cols=%d begy=%d begx=%d\n",
nlines, ncols, begy, begx));
if (!nlines)
nlines = LINES - begy;
if (!ncols)
ncols = COLS - begx;
if (!SP || begy + nlines > SP->lines || begx + ncols > SP->cols)
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx);
if (win)
win = PDC_makelines(win);
if (win)
werase(win);
return win;
}
int delwin(WINDOW *win)
{
int i;
PDC_LOG(("delwin() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
/* subwindows use parents' lines */
if (!(win->_flags & (_SUBWIN|_SUBPAD)))
for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy && win->_y[i]; i++)
if (win->_y[i])
free(win->_y[i]);
free(win->_firstch);
free(win->_lastch);
free(win->_y);
free(win);
return OK;
}
int mvwin(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
{
PDC_LOG(("mvwin() - called\n"));
if (!win || (y + win->_maxy > LINES || y < 0)
|| (x + win->_maxx > COLS || x < 0))
return ERR;
win->_begy = y;
win->_begx = x;
touchwin(win);
return OK;
}
WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx)
{
WINDOW *win;
int i, j, k;
PDC_LOG(("subwin() - called: lines %d cols %d begy %d begx %d\n",
nlines, ncols, begy, begx));
/* make sure window fits inside the original one */
if (!orig || (begy < orig->_begy) || (begx < orig->_begx) ||
(begy + nlines) > (orig->_begy + orig->_maxy) ||
(begx + ncols) > (orig->_begx + orig->_maxx))
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
j = begy - orig->_begy;
k = begx - orig->_begx;
if (!nlines)
nlines = orig->_maxy - 1 - j;
if (!ncols)
ncols = orig->_maxx - 1 - k;
win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx);
if (!win)
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
/* initialize window variables */
win->_attrs = orig->_attrs;
win->_bkgd = orig->_bkgd;
win->_leaveit = orig->_leaveit;
win->_scroll = orig->_scroll;
win->_nodelay = orig->_nodelay;
win->_delayms = orig->_delayms;
win->_use_keypad = orig->_use_keypad;
win->_immed = orig->_immed;
win->_sync = orig->_sync;
win->_pary = j;
win->_parx = k;
win->_parent = orig;
for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++, j++)
win->_y[i] = orig->_y[j] + k;
win->_flags |= _SUBWIN;
return win;
}
WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx)
{
return subwin(orig, nlines, ncols, begy + orig->_begy, begx + orig->_begx);
}
int mvderwin(WINDOW *win, int pary, int parx)
{
int i, j;
WINDOW *mypar;
if (!win || !(win->_parent))
return ERR;
mypar = win->_parent;
if (pary < 0 || parx < 0 || (pary + win->_maxy) > mypar->_maxy ||
(parx + win->_maxx) > mypar->_maxx)
return ERR;
j = pary;
for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++)
win->_y[i] = (mypar->_y[j++]) + parx;
win->_pary = pary;
win->_parx = parx;
return OK;
}
WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *win)
{
WINDOW *new;
chtype *ptr, *ptr1;
int nlines, ncols, begy, begx, i;
if (!win)
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
nlines = win->_maxy;
ncols = win->_maxx;
begy = win->_begy;
begx = win->_begx;
new = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx);
if (new)
new = PDC_makelines(new);
if (!new)
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
/* copy the contents of win into new */
for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++)
{
for (ptr = new->_y[i], ptr1 = win->_y[i];
ptr < new->_y[i] + ncols; ptr++, ptr1++)
*ptr = *ptr1;
new->_firstch[i] = 0;
new->_lastch[i] = ncols - 1;
}
new->_curx = win->_curx;
new->_cury = win->_cury;
new->_maxy = win->_maxy;
new->_maxx = win->_maxx;
new->_begy = win->_begy;
new->_begx = win->_begx;
new->_flags = win->_flags;
new->_attrs = win->_attrs;
new->_clear = win->_clear;
new->_leaveit = win->_leaveit;
new->_scroll = win->_scroll;
new->_nodelay = win->_nodelay;
new->_delayms = win->_delayms;
new->_use_keypad = win->_use_keypad;
new->_tmarg = win->_tmarg;
new->_bmarg = win->_bmarg;
new->_parx = win->_parx;
new->_pary = win->_pary;
new->_parent = win->_parent;
new->_bkgd = win->_bkgd;
new->_flags = win->_flags;
return new;
}
WINDOW *resize_window(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols)
{
WINDOW *new;
int i, save_cury, save_curx, new_begy, new_begx;
PDC_LOG(("resize_window() - called: nlines %d ncols %d\n",
nlines, ncols));
if (!win || !SP)
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
if (win->_flags & _SUBPAD)
{
new = subpad(win->_parent, nlines, ncols, win->_begy, win->_begx);
if (!new)
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
}
else if (win->_flags & _SUBWIN)
{
new = subwin(win->_parent, nlines, ncols, win->_begy, win->_begx);
if (!new)
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
}
else
{
if (win == SP->slk_winptr)
{
new_begy = SP->lines - SP->slklines;
new_begx = 0;
}
else
{
new_begy = win->_begy;
new_begx = win->_begx;
}
new = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, new_begy, new_begx);
if (!new)
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
}
save_curx = min(win->_curx, (new->_maxx - 1));
save_cury = min(win->_cury, (new->_maxy - 1));
if (!(win->_flags & (_SUBPAD|_SUBWIN)))
{
new = PDC_makelines(new);
if (!new)
return (WINDOW *)NULL;
new->_bkgd = win->_bkgd;
werase(new);
copywin(win, new, 0, 0, 0, 0, min(win->_maxy, new->_maxy) - 1,
min(win->_maxx, new->_maxx) - 1, FALSE);
for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy && win->_y[i]; i++)
if (win->_y[i])
free(win->_y[i]);
}
new->_flags = win->_flags;
new->_attrs = win->_attrs;
new->_clear = win->_clear;
new->_leaveit = win->_leaveit;
new->_scroll = win->_scroll;
new->_nodelay = win->_nodelay;
new->_delayms = win->_delayms;
new->_use_keypad = win->_use_keypad;
new->_tmarg = (win->_tmarg > new->_maxy - 1) ? 0 : win->_tmarg;
new->_bmarg = (win->_bmarg == win->_maxy - 1) ?
new->_maxy - 1 : min(win->_bmarg, (new->_maxy - 1));
new->_parent = win->_parent;
new->_immed = win->_immed;
new->_sync = win->_sync;
new->_bkgd = win->_bkgd;
new->_curx = save_curx;
new->_cury = save_cury;
free(win->_firstch);
free(win->_lastch);
free(win->_y);
*win = *new;
free(new);
return win;
}
int wresize(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols)
{
return (resize_window(win, nlines, ncols) ? OK : ERR);
}
void wsyncup(WINDOW *win)
{
WINDOW *tmp;
PDC_LOG(("wsyncup() - called\n"));
for (tmp = win; tmp; tmp = tmp->_parent)
touchwin(tmp);
}
int syncok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
{
PDC_LOG(("syncok() - called\n"));
if (!win)
return ERR;
win->_sync = bf;
return OK;
}
void wcursyncup(WINDOW *win)
{
WINDOW *tmp;
PDC_LOG(("wcursyncup() - called\n"));
for (tmp = win; tmp && tmp->_parent; tmp = tmp->_parent)
wmove(tmp->_parent, tmp->_pary + tmp->_cury, tmp->_parx + tmp->_curx);
}
void wsyncdown(WINDOW *win)
{
WINDOW *tmp;
PDC_LOG(("wsyncdown() - called\n"));
for (tmp = win; tmp; tmp = tmp->_parent)
{
if (is_wintouched(tmp))
{
touchwin(win);
break;
}
}
}

76
wincon/README.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
PDCurses for Windows console
============================
This directory contains PDCurses source code files specific to the
Microsoft Windows console. Although historically called "Win32", this
port can just as easily be built for 64-bit systems. Windows 95 through
Windows 10 are covered. (Some features require later versions.)
Building
--------
- Choose the appropriate makefile for your compiler:
Makefile - GCC (MinGW or Cygnus)
Makefile.bcc - Borland C++
Makefile.vc - Microsoft Visual C++
Makefile.wcc - Watcom
- Optionally, you can build in a different directory than the platform
directory by setting PDCURSES_SRCDIR to point to the directory where
you unpacked PDCurses, and changing to your target directory:
set PDCURSES_SRCDIR=c:\pdcurses
- Build it:
make -f makefilename
(For Watcom, use "wmake" instead of "make"; for MSVC, "nmake"; for
MinGW, "mingw32-make".) You'll get the library (pdcurses.lib or .a,
depending on your compiler) and a lot of object files.
You can also give the optional parameter "WIDE=Y", to build the
library with wide-character (Unicode) support:
wmake -f Makefile.wcc WIDE=Y
When built this way, the library is not compatible with Windows 9x,
unless you also link with the Microsoft Layer for Unicode (not
tested).
Another option, "UTF8=Y", makes PDCurses ignore the system locale, and
treat all narrow-character strings as UTF-8. This option has no effect
unless WIDE=Y is also set. Use it to get around the poor support for
UTF-8 in the Windows console:
make -f Makefile.bcc WIDE=Y UTF8=Y
You can also use the optional parameter "DLL=Y" with Visual C++,
MinGW or Cygwin, to build the library as a DLL:
nmake -f Makefile.vc WIDE=Y DLL=Y
When you build the library as a Windows DLL, you must always define
PDC_DLL_BUILD when linking against it. (Or, if you only want to use
the DLL, you could add this definition to your curses.h.)
Add the target "demos" to build the sample programs.
- If your build stops with errors about PCONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX,
add the parameter "INFOEX=N" to your make command line and try again.
(This will happen with older compile environments.)
Distribution Status
-------------------
The files in this directory are released to the public domain.
Acknowledgements
----------------
Windows console port was originally provided by Chris Szurgot
<szurgot@itribe.net>

149
wincon/pdcclip.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include "pdcwin.h"
#include <string.h>
/*man-start**************************************************************
clipboard
---------
### Synopsis
int PDC_getclipboard(char **contents, long *length);
int PDC_setclipboard(const char *contents, long length);
int PDC_freeclipboard(char *contents);
int PDC_clearclipboard(void);
### Description
PDC_getclipboard() gets the textual contents of the system's
clipboard. This function returns the contents of the clipboard in the
contents argument. It is the responsibility of the caller to free the
memory returned, via PDC_freeclipboard(). The length of the clipboard
contents is returned in the length argument.
PDC_setclipboard copies the supplied text into the system's
clipboard, emptying the clipboard prior to the copy.
PDC_clearclipboard() clears the internal clipboard.
### Return Values
indicator of success/failure of call.
PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS the call was successful
PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR unable to allocate sufficient memory for
the clipboard contents
PDC_CLIP_EMPTY the clipboard contains no text
PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR no clipboard support
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
PDC_getclipboard - - -
PDC_setclipboard - - -
PDC_freeclipboard - - -
PDC_clearclipboard - - -
**man-end****************************************************************/
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
# define PDC_TEXT CF_UNICODETEXT
#else
# define PDC_TEXT CF_OEMTEXT
#endif
int PDC_getclipboard(char **contents, long *length)
{
HANDLE handle;
long len;
PDC_LOG(("PDC_getclipboard() - called\n"));
if (!OpenClipboard(NULL))
return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR;
if ((handle = GetClipboardData(PDC_TEXT)) == NULL)
{
CloseClipboard();
return PDC_CLIP_EMPTY;
}
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
len = wcslen((wchar_t *)handle) * 3;
#else
len = strlen((char *)handle);
#endif
*contents = (char *)GlobalAlloc(GMEM_FIXED, len + 1);
if (!*contents)
{
CloseClipboard();
return PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR;
}
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
len = PDC_wcstombs((char *)*contents, (wchar_t *)handle, len);
#else
strcpy((char *)*contents, (char *)handle);
#endif
*length = len;
CloseClipboard();
return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
}
int PDC_setclipboard(const char *contents, long length)
{
HGLOBAL ptr1;
LPTSTR ptr2;
PDC_LOG(("PDC_setclipboard() - called\n"));
if (!OpenClipboard(NULL))
return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR;
ptr1 = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE|GMEM_DDESHARE,
(length + 1) * sizeof(TCHAR));
if (!ptr1)
return PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR;
ptr2 = GlobalLock(ptr1);
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
PDC_mbstowcs((wchar_t *)ptr2, contents, length);
#else
memcpy((char *)ptr2, contents, length + 1);
#endif
GlobalUnlock(ptr1);
EmptyClipboard();
if (!SetClipboardData(PDC_TEXT, ptr1))
{
GlobalFree(ptr1);
return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR;
}
CloseClipboard();
GlobalFree(ptr1);
return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
}
int PDC_freeclipboard(char *contents)
{
PDC_LOG(("PDC_freeclipboard() - called\n"));
GlobalFree(contents);
return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
}
int PDC_clearclipboard(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("PDC_clearclipboard() - called\n"));
EmptyClipboard();
return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
}

329
wincon/pdcdisp.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include "pdcwin.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
# include "../common/acsuni.h"
#else
# include "../common/acs437.h"
#endif
DWORD pdc_last_blink;
static bool blinked_off = FALSE;
static bool in_italic = FALSE;
/* position hardware cursor at (y, x) */
void PDC_gotoyx(int row, int col)
{
COORD coord;
PDC_LOG(("PDC_gotoyx() - called: row %d col %d from row %d col %d\n",
row, col, SP->cursrow, SP->curscol));
coord.X = col;
coord.Y = row;
SetConsoleCursorPosition(pdc_con_out, coord);
}
void _set_ansi_color(short f, short b, attr_t attr)
{
char esc[64], *p;
short tmp, underline;
bool italic;
if (f < 16 && !pdc_color[f].mapped)
f = pdc_curstoansi[f];
if (b < 16 && !pdc_color[b].mapped)
b = pdc_curstoansi[b];
if (attr & A_REVERSE)
{
tmp = f;
f = b;
b = tmp;
}
attr &= SP->termattrs;
italic = !!(attr & A_ITALIC);
underline = !!(attr & A_UNDERLINE);
p = esc + sprintf(esc, "\x1b[");
if (f != pdc_oldf)
{
if (f < 8 && !pdc_color[f].mapped)
p += sprintf(p, "%d", f + 30);
else if (f < 16 && !pdc_color[f].mapped)
p += sprintf(p, "%d", f + 82);
else if (f < 256 && !pdc_color[f].mapped)
p += sprintf(p, "38;5;%d", f);
else
{
short red = DIVROUND(pdc_color[f].r * 255, 1000);
short green = DIVROUND(pdc_color[f].g * 255, 1000);
short blue = DIVROUND(pdc_color[f].b * 255, 1000);
p += sprintf(p, "38;2;%d;%d;%d", red, green, blue);
}
pdc_oldf = f;
}
if (b != pdc_oldb)
{
if (strlen(esc) > 2)
p += sprintf(p, ";");
if (b < 8 && !pdc_color[b].mapped)
p += sprintf(p, "%d", b + 40);
else if (b < 16 && !pdc_color[b].mapped)
p += sprintf(p, "%d", b + 92);
else if (b < 256 && !pdc_color[b].mapped)
p += sprintf(p, "48;5;%d", b);
else
{
short red = DIVROUND(pdc_color[b].r * 255, 1000);
short green = DIVROUND(pdc_color[b].g * 255, 1000);
short blue = DIVROUND(pdc_color[b].b * 255, 1000);
p += sprintf(p, "48;2;%d;%d;%d", red, green, blue);
}
pdc_oldb = b;
}
if (italic != in_italic)
{
if (strlen(esc) > 2)
p += sprintf(p, ";");
if (italic)
p += sprintf(p, "3");
else
p += sprintf(p, "23");
in_italic = italic;
}
if (underline != pdc_oldu)
{
if (strlen(esc) > 2)
p += sprintf(p, ";");
if (underline)
p += sprintf(p, "4");
else
p += sprintf(p, "24");
pdc_oldu = underline;
}
if (strlen(esc) > 2)
{
sprintf(p, "m");
if (!pdc_conemu)
SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_out, 0x0015);
WriteConsoleA(pdc_con_out, esc, strlen(esc), NULL, NULL);
if (!pdc_conemu)
SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_out, 0x0010);
}
}
void _new_packet(attr_t attr, int lineno, int x, int len, const chtype *srcp)
{
int j;
short fore, back;
bool blink, ansi;
if (pdc_ansi && (lineno == (SP->lines - 1)) && ((x + len) == SP->cols))
{
len--;
if (len)
_new_packet(attr, lineno, x, len, srcp);
pdc_ansi = FALSE;
_new_packet(attr, lineno, x + len, 1, srcp + len);
pdc_ansi = TRUE;
return;
}
pair_content(PAIR_NUMBER(attr), &fore, &back);
ansi = pdc_ansi || (fore >= 16 || back >= 16);
blink = (SP->termattrs & A_BLINK) && (attr & A_BLINK);
if (blink)
{
attr &= ~A_BLINK;
if (blinked_off)
attr &= ~(A_UNDERLINE | A_RIGHT | A_LEFT);
}
if (attr & A_BOLD)
fore |= 8;
if (attr & A_BLINK)
back |= 8;
if (ansi)
{
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
WCHAR buffer[512];
#else
char buffer[512];
#endif
for (j = 0; j < len; j++)
{
chtype ch = srcp[j];
if (ch & A_ALTCHARSET && !(ch & 0xff80))
{
ch = acs_map[ch & 0x7f];
if (pdc_wt && (ch & A_CHARTEXT) < ' ')
goto NONANSI;
}
if (blink && blinked_off)
ch = ' ';
buffer[j] = ch & A_CHARTEXT;
}
PDC_gotoyx(lineno, x);
_set_ansi_color(fore, back, attr);
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
WriteConsoleW(pdc_con_out, buffer, len, NULL, NULL);
#else
WriteConsoleA(pdc_con_out, buffer, len, NULL, NULL);
#endif
}
else
NONANSI:
{
CHAR_INFO buffer[512];
COORD bufSize, bufPos;
SMALL_RECT sr;
WORD mapped_attr;
fore = pdc_curstoreal[fore];
back = pdc_curstoreal[back];
if (attr & A_REVERSE)
mapped_attr = back | (fore << 4);
else
mapped_attr = fore | (back << 4);
if (attr & A_UNDERLINE)
mapped_attr |= 0x8000; /* COMMON_LVB_UNDERSCORE */
if (attr & A_LEFT)
mapped_attr |= 0x0800; /* COMMON_LVB_GRID_LVERTICAL */
if (attr & A_RIGHT)
mapped_attr |= 0x1000; /* COMMON_LVB_GRID_RVERTICAL */
for (j = 0; j < len; j++)
{
chtype ch = srcp[j];
if (ch & A_ALTCHARSET && !(ch & 0xff80))
ch = acs_map[ch & 0x7f];
if (blink && blinked_off)
ch = ' ';
buffer[j].Attributes = mapped_attr;
buffer[j].Char.UnicodeChar = ch & A_CHARTEXT;
}
bufPos.X = bufPos.Y = 0;
bufSize.X = len;
bufSize.Y = 1;
sr.Top = sr.Bottom = lineno;
sr.Left = x;
sr.Right = x + len - 1;
WriteConsoleOutput(pdc_con_out, buffer, bufSize, bufPos, &sr);
}
}
/* update the given physical line to look like the corresponding line in
curscr */
void PDC_transform_line(int lineno, int x, int len, const chtype *srcp)
{
attr_t old_attr, attr;
int i, j;
PDC_LOG(("PDC_transform_line() - called: lineno=%d\n", lineno));
old_attr = *srcp & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_ALTCHARSET);
for (i = 1, j = 1; j < len; i++, j++)
{
attr = srcp[i] & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_ALTCHARSET);
if (attr != old_attr)
{
_new_packet(old_attr, lineno, x, i, srcp);
old_attr = attr;
srcp += i;
x += i;
i = 0;
}
}
_new_packet(old_attr, lineno, x, i, srcp);
}
void PDC_blink_text(void)
{
CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO cci;
int i, j, k;
bool oldvis;
GetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &cci);
oldvis = cci.bVisible;
if (oldvis)
{
cci.bVisible = FALSE;
SetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &cci);
}
if (!(SP->termattrs & A_BLINK))
blinked_off = FALSE;
else
blinked_off = !blinked_off;
for (i = 0; i < SP->lines; i++)
{
const chtype *srcp = curscr->_y[i];
for (j = 0; j < SP->cols; j++)
if (srcp[j] & A_BLINK)
{
k = j;
while (k < SP->cols && (srcp[k] & A_BLINK))
k++;
PDC_transform_line(i, j, k - j, srcp + j);
j = k;
}
}
PDC_gotoyx(SP->cursrow, SP->curscol);
if (oldvis)
{
cci.bVisible = TRUE;
SetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &cci);
}
pdc_last_blink = GetTickCount();
}
void PDC_doupdate(void)
{
}

42
wincon/pdcgetsc.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include "pdcwin.h"
/* get the cursor size/shape */
int PDC_get_cursor_mode(void)
{
CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO ci;
PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_cursor_mode() - called\n"));
GetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &ci);
return ci.dwSize;
}
/* return number of screen rows */
int PDC_get_rows(void)
{
CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO scr;
PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_rows() - called\n"));
GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &scr);
return scr.srWindow.Bottom - scr.srWindow.Top + 1;
}
/* return width of screen/viewport */
int PDC_get_columns(void)
{
CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO scr;
PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_columns() - called\n"));
GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &scr);
return scr.srWindow.Right - scr.srWindow.Left + 1;
}

699
wincon/pdckbd.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,699 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include "pdcwin.h"
/* These variables are used to store information about the next
Input Event. */
static INPUT_RECORD save_ip;
static MOUSE_STATUS old_mouse_status;
static DWORD event_count = 0;
static SHORT left_key;
static int key_count = 0;
static int save_press = 0;
#define KEV save_ip.Event.KeyEvent
#define MEV save_ip.Event.MouseEvent
#define REV save_ip.Event.WindowBufferSizeEvent
/************************************************************************
* Table for key code translation of function keys in keypad mode *
* These values are for strict IBM keyboard compatibles only *
************************************************************************/
typedef struct
{
unsigned short normal;
unsigned short shift;
unsigned short control;
unsigned short alt;
unsigned short extended;
} KPTAB;
static KPTAB kptab[] =
{
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 0 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 1 VK_LBUTTON */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 2 VK_RBUTTON */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 3 VK_CANCEL */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 4 VK_MBUTTON */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 5 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 6 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 7 */
{0x08, 0x08, 0x7F, ALT_BKSP, 0 }, /* 8 VK_BACK */
{0x09, KEY_BTAB, CTL_TAB, ALT_TAB, 999 }, /* 9 VK_TAB */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 10 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 11 */
{KEY_B2, 0x35, CTL_PAD5, ALT_PAD5, 0 }, /* 12 VK_CLEAR */
{0x0D, 0x0D, CTL_ENTER, ALT_ENTER, 1 }, /* 13 VK_RETURN */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 14 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 15 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 16 VK_SHIFT HANDLED SEPARATELY */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 17 VK_CONTROL HANDLED SEPARATELY */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 18 VK_MENU HANDLED SEPARATELY */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 19 VK_PAUSE */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 20 VK_CAPITAL HANDLED SEPARATELY */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 21 VK_HANGUL */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 22 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 23 VK_JUNJA */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 24 VK_FINAL */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 25 VK_HANJA */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 26 */
{0x1B, 0x1B, 0x1B, ALT_ESC, 0 }, /* 27 VK_ESCAPE */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 28 VK_CONVERT */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 29 VK_NONCONVERT */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 30 VK_ACCEPT */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 31 VK_MODECHANGE */
{0x20, 0x20, 0x20, 0x20, 0 }, /* 32 VK_SPACE */
{KEY_A3, 0x39, CTL_PAD9, ALT_PAD9, 3 }, /* 33 VK_PRIOR */
{KEY_C3, 0x33, CTL_PAD3, ALT_PAD3, 4 }, /* 34 VK_NEXT */
{KEY_C1, 0x31, CTL_PAD1, ALT_PAD1, 5 }, /* 35 VK_END */
{KEY_A1, 0x37, CTL_PAD7, ALT_PAD7, 6 }, /* 36 VK_HOME */
{KEY_B1, 0x34, CTL_PAD4, ALT_PAD4, 7 }, /* 37 VK_LEFT */
{KEY_A2, 0x38, CTL_PAD8, ALT_PAD8, 8 }, /* 38 VK_UP */
{KEY_B3, 0x36, CTL_PAD6, ALT_PAD6, 9 }, /* 39 VK_RIGHT */
{KEY_C2, 0x32, CTL_PAD2, ALT_PAD2, 10 }, /* 40 VK_DOWN */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 41 VK_SELECT */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 42 VK_PRINT */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 43 VK_EXECUTE */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 44 VK_SNAPSHOT*/
{PAD0, 0x30, CTL_PAD0, ALT_PAD0, 11 }, /* 45 VK_INSERT */
{PADSTOP, 0x2E, CTL_PADSTOP, ALT_PADSTOP,12 }, /* 46 VK_DELETE */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 47 VK_HELP */
{0x30, 0x29, 0, ALT_0, 0 }, /* 48 */
{0x31, 0x21, 0, ALT_1, 0 }, /* 49 */
{0x32, 0x40, 0, ALT_2, 0 }, /* 50 */
{0x33, 0x23, 0, ALT_3, 0 }, /* 51 */
{0x34, 0x24, 0, ALT_4, 0 }, /* 52 */
{0x35, 0x25, 0, ALT_5, 0 }, /* 53 */
{0x36, 0x5E, 0, ALT_6, 0 }, /* 54 */
{0x37, 0x26, 0, ALT_7, 0 }, /* 55 */
{0x38, 0x2A, 0, ALT_8, 0 }, /* 56 */
{0x39, 0x28, 0, ALT_9, 0 }, /* 57 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 58 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 59 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 60 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 61 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 62 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 63 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 64 */
{0x61, 0x41, 0x01, ALT_A, 0 }, /* 65 */
{0x62, 0x42, 0x02, ALT_B, 0 }, /* 66 */
{0x63, 0x43, 0x03, ALT_C, 0 }, /* 67 */
{0x64, 0x44, 0x04, ALT_D, 0 }, /* 68 */
{0x65, 0x45, 0x05, ALT_E, 0 }, /* 69 */
{0x66, 0x46, 0x06, ALT_F, 0 }, /* 70 */
{0x67, 0x47, 0x07, ALT_G, 0 }, /* 71 */
{0x68, 0x48, 0x08, ALT_H, 0 }, /* 72 */
{0x69, 0x49, 0x09, ALT_I, 0 }, /* 73 */
{0x6A, 0x4A, 0x0A, ALT_J, 0 }, /* 74 */
{0x6B, 0x4B, 0x0B, ALT_K, 0 }, /* 75 */
{0x6C, 0x4C, 0x0C, ALT_L, 0 }, /* 76 */
{0x6D, 0x4D, 0x0D, ALT_M, 0 }, /* 77 */
{0x6E, 0x4E, 0x0E, ALT_N, 0 }, /* 78 */
{0x6F, 0x4F, 0x0F, ALT_O, 0 }, /* 79 */
{0x70, 0x50, 0x10, ALT_P, 0 }, /* 80 */
{0x71, 0x51, 0x11, ALT_Q, 0 }, /* 81 */
{0x72, 0x52, 0x12, ALT_R, 0 }, /* 82 */
{0x73, 0x53, 0x13, ALT_S, 0 }, /* 83 */
{0x74, 0x54, 0x14, ALT_T, 0 }, /* 84 */
{0x75, 0x55, 0x15, ALT_U, 0 }, /* 85 */
{0x76, 0x56, 0x16, ALT_V, 0 }, /* 86 */
{0x77, 0x57, 0x17, ALT_W, 0 }, /* 87 */
{0x78, 0x58, 0x18, ALT_X, 0 }, /* 88 */
{0x79, 0x59, 0x19, ALT_Y, 0 }, /* 89 */
{0x7A, 0x5A, 0x1A, ALT_Z, 0 }, /* 90 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 91 VK_LWIN */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 92 VK_RWIN */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 93 VK_APPS */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 94 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 95 */
{0x30, 0, CTL_PAD0, ALT_PAD0, 0 }, /* 96 VK_NUMPAD0 */
{0x31, 0, CTL_PAD1, ALT_PAD1, 0 }, /* 97 VK_NUMPAD1 */
{0x32, 0, CTL_PAD2, ALT_PAD2, 0 }, /* 98 VK_NUMPAD2 */
{0x33, 0, CTL_PAD3, ALT_PAD3, 0 }, /* 99 VK_NUMPAD3 */
{0x34, 0, CTL_PAD4, ALT_PAD4, 0 }, /* 100 VK_NUMPAD4 */
{0x35, 0, CTL_PAD5, ALT_PAD5, 0 }, /* 101 VK_NUMPAD5 */
{0x36, 0, CTL_PAD6, ALT_PAD6, 0 }, /* 102 VK_NUMPAD6 */
{0x37, 0, CTL_PAD7, ALT_PAD7, 0 }, /* 103 VK_NUMPAD7 */
{0x38, 0, CTL_PAD8, ALT_PAD8, 0 }, /* 104 VK_NUMPAD8 */
{0x39, 0, CTL_PAD9, ALT_PAD9, 0 }, /* 105 VK_NUMPAD9 */
{PADSTAR, SHF_PADSTAR,CTL_PADSTAR, ALT_PADSTAR,999 }, /* 106 VK_MULTIPLY*/
{PADPLUS, SHF_PADPLUS,CTL_PADPLUS, ALT_PADPLUS,999 }, /* 107 VK_ADD */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 108 VK_SEPARATOR */
{PADMINUS, SHF_PADMINUS,CTL_PADMINUS,ALT_PADMINUS,999}, /* 109 VK_SUBTRACT*/
{0x2E, 0, CTL_PADSTOP, ALT_PADSTOP,0 }, /* 110 VK_DECIMAL */
{PADSLASH, SHF_PADSLASH,CTL_PADSLASH,ALT_PADSLASH,2 }, /* 111 VK_DIVIDE */
{KEY_F(1), KEY_F(13), KEY_F(25), KEY_F(37), 0 }, /* 112 VK_F1 */
{KEY_F(2), KEY_F(14), KEY_F(26), KEY_F(38), 0 }, /* 113 VK_F2 */
{KEY_F(3), KEY_F(15), KEY_F(27), KEY_F(39), 0 }, /* 114 VK_F3 */
{KEY_F(4), KEY_F(16), KEY_F(28), KEY_F(40), 0 }, /* 115 VK_F4 */
{KEY_F(5), KEY_F(17), KEY_F(29), KEY_F(41), 0 }, /* 116 VK_F5 */
{KEY_F(6), KEY_F(18), KEY_F(30), KEY_F(42), 0 }, /* 117 VK_F6 */
{KEY_F(7), KEY_F(19), KEY_F(31), KEY_F(43), 0 }, /* 118 VK_F7 */
{KEY_F(8), KEY_F(20), KEY_F(32), KEY_F(44), 0 }, /* 119 VK_F8 */
{KEY_F(9), KEY_F(21), KEY_F(33), KEY_F(45), 0 }, /* 120 VK_F9 */
{KEY_F(10), KEY_F(22), KEY_F(34), KEY_F(46), 0 }, /* 121 VK_F10 */
{KEY_F(11), KEY_F(23), KEY_F(35), KEY_F(47), 0 }, /* 122 VK_F11 */
{KEY_F(12), KEY_F(24), KEY_F(36), KEY_F(48), 0 }, /* 123 VK_F12 */
/* 124 through 218 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
{0x5B, 0x7B, 0x1B, ALT_LBRACKET,0 }, /* 219 */
{0x5C, 0x7C, 0x1C, ALT_BSLASH, 0 }, /* 220 */
{0x5D, 0x7D, 0x1D, ALT_RBRACKET,0 }, /* 221 */
{0, 0, 0x27, ALT_FQUOTE, 0 }, /* 222 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 223 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 224 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 225 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 226 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 227 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 228 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 229 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 230 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 231 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 232 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 233 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 234 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 235 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 236 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 237 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 238 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 239 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 240 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 241 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 242 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 243 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 244 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 245 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 246 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 247 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 248 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 249 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 250 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 251 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 252 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 253 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* 254 */
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0 } /* 255 */
};
static KPTAB ext_kptab[] =
{
{0, 0, 0, 0, }, /* MUST BE EMPTY */
{PADENTER, SHF_PADENTER, CTL_PADENTER, ALT_PADENTER}, /* 13 */
{PADSLASH, SHF_PADSLASH, CTL_PADSLASH, ALT_PADSLASH}, /* 111 */
{KEY_PPAGE, KEY_SPREVIOUS, CTL_PGUP, ALT_PGUP }, /* 33 */
{KEY_NPAGE, KEY_SNEXT, CTL_PGDN, ALT_PGDN }, /* 34 */
{KEY_END, KEY_SEND, CTL_END, ALT_END }, /* 35 */
{KEY_HOME, KEY_SHOME, CTL_HOME, ALT_HOME }, /* 36 */
{KEY_LEFT, KEY_SLEFT, CTL_LEFT, ALT_LEFT }, /* 37 */
{KEY_UP, KEY_SUP, CTL_UP, ALT_UP }, /* 38 */
{KEY_RIGHT, KEY_SRIGHT, CTL_RIGHT, ALT_RIGHT }, /* 39 */
{KEY_DOWN, KEY_SDOWN, CTL_DOWN, ALT_DOWN }, /* 40 */
{KEY_IC, KEY_SIC, CTL_INS, ALT_INS }, /* 45 */
{KEY_DC, KEY_SDC, CTL_DEL, ALT_DEL }, /* 46 */
{PADSLASH, SHF_PADSLASH, CTL_PADSLASH, ALT_PADSLASH}, /* 191 */
};
/* End of kptab[] */
void PDC_set_keyboard_binary(bool on)
{
DWORD mode;
PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_keyboard_binary() - called\n"));
GetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, &mode);
SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, !on ? (mode | ENABLE_PROCESSED_INPUT) :
(mode & ~ENABLE_PROCESSED_INPUT));
}
/* check if a key or mouse event is waiting */
bool PDC_check_key(void)
{
if (key_count > 0)
return TRUE;
GetNumberOfConsoleInputEvents(pdc_con_in, &event_count);
return (event_count != 0);
}
/* _get_key_count returns 0 if save_ip doesn't contain an event which
should be passed back to the user. This function filters "useless"
events.
The function returns the number of keys waiting. This may be > 1
if the repetition of real keys pressed so far are > 1.
Returns 0 on NUMLOCK, CAPSLOCK, SCROLLLOCK.
Returns 1 for SHIFT, ALT, CTRL only if no other key has been pressed
in between, and SP->return_key_modifiers is set; these are returned
on keyup.
Normal keys are returned on keydown only. The number of repetitions
are returned. Dead keys (diacritics) are omitted. See below for a
description.
*/
static int _get_key_count(void)
{
int num_keys = 0, vk;
PDC_LOG(("_get_key_count() - called\n"));
vk = KEV.wVirtualKeyCode;
if (KEV.bKeyDown)
{
/* key down */
save_press = 0;
if (vk == VK_CAPITAL || vk == VK_NUMLOCK || vk == VK_SCROLL)
{
/* throw away these modifiers */
}
else if (vk == VK_SHIFT || vk == VK_CONTROL || vk == VK_MENU)
{
/* These keys are returned on keyup only. */
save_press = vk;
switch (vk)
{
case VK_SHIFT:
left_key = GetKeyState(VK_LSHIFT);
break;
case VK_CONTROL:
left_key = GetKeyState(VK_LCONTROL);
break;
case VK_MENU:
left_key = GetKeyState(VK_LMENU);
}
}
else
{
/* Check for diacritics. These are dead keys. Some locales
have modified characters like umlaut-a, which is an "a"
with two dots on it. In some locales you have to press a
special key (the dead key) immediately followed by the
"a" to get a composed umlaut-a. The special key may have
a normal meaning with different modifiers. */
if (KEV.uChar.UnicodeChar || !(MapVirtualKey(vk, 2) & 0x80000000))
num_keys = KEV.wRepeatCount;
}
}
else
{
/* key up */
/* Only modifier keys or the results of ALT-numpad entry are
returned on keyup */
if ((vk == VK_MENU && KEV.uChar.UnicodeChar) ||
((vk == VK_SHIFT || vk == VK_CONTROL || vk == VK_MENU) &&
vk == save_press))
{
save_press = 0;
num_keys = 1;
}
}
PDC_LOG(("_get_key_count() - returning: num_keys %d\n", num_keys));
return num_keys;
}
/* _process_key_event returns -1 if the key in save_ip should be
ignored. Otherwise it returns the keycode which should be returned
by PDC_get_key(). save_ip must be a key event.
CTRL-ALT support has been disabled, when is it emitted plainly? */
static int _process_key_event(void)
{
int key =
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
KEV.uChar.UnicodeChar;
#else
KEV.uChar.AsciiChar;
#endif
WORD vk = KEV.wVirtualKeyCode;
DWORD state = KEV.dwControlKeyState;
int idx;
BOOL enhanced;
SP->key_code = TRUE;
/* Save the key modifiers. Do this first to allow to detect e.g. a
pressed CTRL key after a hit of NUMLOCK. */
if (state & (LEFT_ALT_PRESSED|RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED))
SP->key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_ALT;
if (state & SHIFT_PRESSED)
SP->key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_SHIFT;
if (state & (LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED|RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED))
SP->key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_CONTROL;
if (state & NUMLOCK_ON)
SP->key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_NUMLOCK;
/* Handle modifier keys hit by themselves */
switch (vk)
{
case VK_SHIFT: /* shift */
if (!SP->return_key_modifiers)
return -1;
return (left_key & 0x8000) ? KEY_SHIFT_L : KEY_SHIFT_R;
case VK_CONTROL: /* control */
if (!SP->return_key_modifiers)
return -1;
return (left_key & 0x8000) ? KEY_CONTROL_L : KEY_CONTROL_R;
case VK_MENU: /* alt */
if (!key)
{
if (!SP->return_key_modifiers)
return -1;
return (left_key & 0x8000) ? KEY_ALT_L : KEY_ALT_R;
}
}
/* The system may emit Ascii or Unicode characters depending on
whether ReadConsoleInputA or ReadConsoleInputW is used.
Normally, if key != 0 then the system did the translation
successfully. But this is not true for LEFT_ALT (different to
RIGHT_ALT). In case of LEFT_ALT we can get key != 0. So
check for this first. */
if (key && ( !(state & LEFT_ALT_PRESSED) ||
(state & RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED) ))
{
/* This code should catch all keys returning a printable
character. Characters above 0x7F should be returned as
positive codes. */
if (kptab[vk].extended == 0)
{
SP->key_code = FALSE;
return key;
}
}
/* This case happens if a functional key has been entered. */
if ((state & ENHANCED_KEY) && (kptab[vk].extended != 999))
{
enhanced = TRUE;
idx = kptab[vk].extended;
}
else
{
enhanced = FALSE;
idx = vk;
}
if (state & SHIFT_PRESSED)
key = enhanced ? ext_kptab[idx].shift : kptab[idx].shift;
else if (state & (LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED|RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED))
key = enhanced ? ext_kptab[idx].control : kptab[idx].control;
else if (state & (LEFT_ALT_PRESSED|RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED))
key = enhanced ? ext_kptab[idx].alt : kptab[idx].alt;
else
key = enhanced ? ext_kptab[idx].normal : kptab[idx].normal;
if (key < KEY_CODE_YES)
SP->key_code = FALSE;
return key;
}
static int _process_mouse_event(void)
{
static const DWORD button_mask[] = {1, 4, 2};
short action, shift_flags = 0;
int i;
save_press = 0;
SP->key_code = TRUE;
memset(&SP->mouse_status, 0, sizeof(MOUSE_STATUS));
/* Handle scroll wheel */
if (MEV.dwEventFlags == 4)
{
SP->mouse_status.changes = (MEV.dwButtonState & 0xFF000000) ?
PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN : PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP;
SP->mouse_status.x = -1;
SP->mouse_status.y = -1;
memset(&old_mouse_status, 0, sizeof(old_mouse_status));
return KEY_MOUSE;
}
if (MEV.dwEventFlags == 8)
{
SP->mouse_status.changes = (MEV.dwButtonState & 0xFF000000) ?
PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_RIGHT : PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_LEFT;
SP->mouse_status.x = -1;
SP->mouse_status.y = -1;
memset(&old_mouse_status, 0, sizeof(old_mouse_status));
return KEY_MOUSE;
}
action = (MEV.dwEventFlags == 2) ? BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED :
((MEV.dwEventFlags == 1) ? BUTTON_MOVED : BUTTON_PRESSED);
for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
SP->mouse_status.button[i] =
(MEV.dwButtonState & button_mask[i]) ? action : 0;
if (action == BUTTON_PRESSED && MEV.dwButtonState & 7 && SP->mouse_wait)
{
/* Check for a click -- a PRESS followed immediately by a release */
if (!event_count)
{
napms(SP->mouse_wait);
GetNumberOfConsoleInputEvents(pdc_con_in, &event_count);
}
if (event_count)
{
INPUT_RECORD ip;
DWORD count;
bool have_click = FALSE;
PeekConsoleInput(pdc_con_in, &ip, 1, &count);
for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
{
if (SP->mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_PRESSED &&
!(ip.Event.MouseEvent.dwButtonState & button_mask[i]))
{
SP->mouse_status.button[i] = BUTTON_CLICKED;
have_click = TRUE;
}
}
/* If a click was found, throw out the event */
if (have_click)
ReadConsoleInput(pdc_con_in, &ip, 1, &count);
}
}
SP->mouse_status.x = MEV.dwMousePosition.X;
SP->mouse_status.y = MEV.dwMousePosition.Y;
SP->mouse_status.changes = 0;
for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
{
if (old_mouse_status.button[i] != SP->mouse_status.button[i])
SP->mouse_status.changes |= (1 << i);
if (SP->mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_MOVED)
{
/* Discard non-moved "moves" */
if (SP->mouse_status.x == old_mouse_status.x &&
SP->mouse_status.y == old_mouse_status.y)
return -1;
/* Motion events always flag the button as changed */
SP->mouse_status.changes |= (1 << i);
SP->mouse_status.changes |= PDC_MOUSE_MOVED;
break;
}
}
old_mouse_status = SP->mouse_status;
/* Treat click events as release events for comparison purposes */
for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
{
if (old_mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_CLICKED ||
old_mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
old_mouse_status.button[i] = BUTTON_RELEASED;
}
/* Check for SHIFT/CONTROL/ALT */
if (MEV.dwControlKeyState & (LEFT_ALT_PRESSED|RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED))
shift_flags |= BUTTON_ALT;
if (MEV.dwControlKeyState & (LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED|RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED))
shift_flags |= BUTTON_CONTROL;
if (MEV.dwControlKeyState & SHIFT_PRESSED)
shift_flags |= BUTTON_SHIFT;
if (shift_flags)
{
for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
{
if (SP->mouse_status.changes & (1 << i))
SP->mouse_status.button[i] |= shift_flags;
}
}
return KEY_MOUSE;
}
/* return the next available key or mouse event */
int PDC_get_key(void)
{
SP->key_modifiers = 0L;
if (!key_count)
{
DWORD count;
ReadConsoleInput(pdc_con_in, &save_ip, 1, &count);
event_count--;
if (save_ip.EventType == MOUSE_EVENT ||
save_ip.EventType == WINDOW_BUFFER_SIZE_EVENT)
key_count = 1;
else if (save_ip.EventType == KEY_EVENT)
key_count = _get_key_count();
}
if (key_count)
{
key_count--;
switch (save_ip.EventType)
{
case KEY_EVENT:
return _process_key_event();
case MOUSE_EVENT:
return _process_mouse_event();
case WINDOW_BUFFER_SIZE_EVENT:
if (REV.dwSize.Y != LINES || REV.dwSize.X != COLS)
{
if (!SP->resized)
{
SP->resized = TRUE;
SP->key_code = TRUE;
return KEY_RESIZE;
}
}
}
}
return -1;
}
/* discard any pending keyboard or mouse input -- this is the core
routine for flushinp() */
void PDC_flushinp(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("PDC_flushinp() - called\n"));
FlushConsoleInputBuffer(pdc_con_in);
}
bool PDC_has_mouse(void)
{
return TRUE;
}
int PDC_mouse_set(void)
{
DWORD mode;
/* If turning on mouse input: Set ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT, and clear
all other flags, except processed input mode;
If turning off the mouse: Set QuickEdit Mode to the status it
had on startup, and clear all other flags, except etc. */
GetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, &mode);
mode = (mode & 1) | 0x0088;
SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, mode | (SP->_trap_mbe ?
ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT : pdc_quick_edit));
memset(&old_mouse_status, 0, sizeof(old_mouse_status));
return OK;
}
int PDC_modifiers_set(void)
{
return OK;
}

686
wincon/pdcscrn.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,686 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include "pdcwin.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Color component table */
PDCCOLOR pdc_color[PDC_MAXCOL];
HANDLE std_con_out = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
HANDLE pdc_con_out = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
HANDLE pdc_con_in = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
DWORD pdc_quick_edit;
static short realtocurs[16] =
{
COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_RED,
COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK + 8,
COLOR_BLUE + 8, COLOR_GREEN + 8, COLOR_CYAN + 8, COLOR_RED + 8,
COLOR_MAGENTA + 8, COLOR_YELLOW + 8, COLOR_WHITE + 8
};
static short ansitocurs[16] =
{
COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_RED, COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_BLUE,
COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK + 8,
COLOR_RED + 8, COLOR_GREEN + 8, COLOR_YELLOW + 8, COLOR_BLUE + 8,
COLOR_MAGENTA + 8, COLOR_CYAN + 8, COLOR_WHITE + 8
};
short pdc_curstoreal[16], pdc_curstoansi[16];
short pdc_oldf, pdc_oldb, pdc_oldu;
bool pdc_conemu, pdc_wt, pdc_ansi;
enum { PDC_RESTORE_NONE, PDC_RESTORE_BUFFER };
/* Struct for storing console registry keys, and for use with the
undocumented WM_SETCONSOLEINFO message. Originally by James Brown,
www.catch22.net. */
static struct
{
ULONG Length;
COORD ScreenBufferSize;
COORD WindowSize;
ULONG WindowPosX;
ULONG WindowPosY;
COORD FontSize;
ULONG FontFamily;
ULONG FontWeight;
WCHAR FaceName[32];
ULONG CursorSize;
ULONG FullScreen;
ULONG QuickEdit;
ULONG AutoPosition;
ULONG InsertMode;
USHORT ScreenColors;
USHORT PopupColors;
ULONG HistoryNoDup;
ULONG HistoryBufferSize;
ULONG NumberOfHistoryBuffers;
COLORREF ColorTable[16];
ULONG CodePage;
HWND Hwnd;
WCHAR ConsoleTitle[0x100];
} console_info;
#ifdef HAVE_NO_INFOEX
/* Console screen buffer information (extended version) */
typedef struct _CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX {
ULONG cbSize;
COORD dwSize;
COORD dwCursorPosition;
WORD wAttributes;
SMALL_RECT srWindow;
COORD dwMaximumWindowSize;
WORD wPopupAttributes;
BOOL bFullscreenSupported;
COLORREF ColorTable[16];
} CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX;
typedef CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX *PCONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX;
#endif
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *SetConsoleScreenBufferInfoExFn)(HANDLE hConsoleOutput,
PCONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX lpConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx);
typedef BOOL (WINAPI *GetConsoleScreenBufferInfoExFn)(HANDLE hConsoleOutput,
PCONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX lpConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx);
static SetConsoleScreenBufferInfoExFn pSetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx = NULL;
static GetConsoleScreenBufferInfoExFn pGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx = NULL;
static CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO orig_scr;
static CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX console_infoex;
static LPTOP_LEVEL_EXCEPTION_FILTER xcpt_filter;
static DWORD old_console_mode = 0;
static bool is_nt;
static void _reset_old_colors(void)
{
pdc_oldf = -1;
pdc_oldb = -1;
pdc_oldu = 0;
}
static HWND _find_console_handle(void)
{
TCHAR orgtitle[1024], temptitle[1024];
HWND wnd;
GetConsoleTitle(orgtitle, 1024);
wsprintf(temptitle, TEXT("%d/%d"), GetTickCount(), GetCurrentProcessId());
SetConsoleTitle(temptitle);
Sleep(40);
wnd = FindWindow(NULL, temptitle);
SetConsoleTitle(orgtitle);
return wnd;
}
/* Undocumented console message */
#define WM_SETCONSOLEINFO (WM_USER + 201)
/* Wrapper around WM_SETCONSOLEINFO. We need to create the necessary
section (file-mapping) object in the context of the process which
owns the console, before posting the message. Originally by JB. */
static void _set_console_info(void)
{
CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi;
CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO cci;
DWORD dwConsoleOwnerPid;
HANDLE hProcess;
HANDLE hSection, hDupSection;
PVOID ptrView;
/* Each-time initialization for console_info */
GetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &cci);
console_info.CursorSize = cci.dwSize;
GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &csbi);
console_info.ScreenBufferSize = csbi.dwSize;
console_info.WindowSize.X = csbi.srWindow.Right - csbi.srWindow.Left + 1;
console_info.WindowSize.Y = csbi.srWindow.Bottom - csbi.srWindow.Top + 1;
console_info.WindowPosX = csbi.srWindow.Left;
console_info.WindowPosY = csbi.srWindow.Top;
/* Open the process which "owns" the console */
GetWindowThreadProcessId(console_info.Hwnd, &dwConsoleOwnerPid);
hProcess = OpenProcess(PROCESS_ALL_ACCESS, FALSE, dwConsoleOwnerPid);
/* Create a SECTION object backed by page-file, then map a view of
this section into the owner process so we can write the contents
of the CONSOLE_INFO buffer into it */
hSection = CreateFileMapping(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, 0, PAGE_READWRITE,
0, sizeof(console_info), 0);
/* Copy our console structure into the section-object */
ptrView = MapViewOfFile(hSection, FILE_MAP_WRITE|FILE_MAP_READ,
0, 0, sizeof(console_info));
memcpy(ptrView, &console_info, sizeof(console_info));
UnmapViewOfFile(ptrView);
/* Map the memory into owner process */
DuplicateHandle(GetCurrentProcess(), hSection, hProcess, &hDupSection,
0, FALSE, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS);
/* Send console window the "update" message */
SendMessage(console_info.Hwnd, WM_SETCONSOLEINFO, (WPARAM)hDupSection, 0);
CloseHandle(hSection);
CloseHandle(hProcess);
}
static int _set_console_infoex(void)
{
if (!pSetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx(pdc_con_out, &console_infoex))
return ERR;
return OK;
}
static int _set_colors(void)
{
SetConsoleTextAttribute(pdc_con_out, 7);
_reset_old_colors();
if (pSetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx)
return _set_console_infoex();
else
{
_set_console_info();
return OK;
}
}
/* One-time initialization for console_info -- color table and font info
from the registry; other values from functions. */
static void _init_console_info(void)
{
DWORD scrnmode, len;
HKEY reghnd;
int i;
console_info.Hwnd = _find_console_handle();
console_info.Length = sizeof(console_info);
GetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, &scrnmode);
console_info.QuickEdit = !!(scrnmode & 0x0040);
console_info.InsertMode = !!(scrnmode & 0x0020);
console_info.FullScreen = FALSE;
console_info.AutoPosition = 0x10000;
console_info.ScreenColors = SP->orig_back << 4 | SP->orig_fore;
console_info.PopupColors = 0xf5;
console_info.HistoryNoDup = FALSE;
console_info.HistoryBufferSize = 50;
console_info.NumberOfHistoryBuffers = 4;
console_info.CodePage = GetConsoleOutputCP();
RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, TEXT("Console"), 0,
KEY_QUERY_VALUE, &reghnd);
len = sizeof(DWORD);
/* Default color table */
for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
{
char tname[13];
sprintf(tname, "ColorTable%02d", i);
RegQueryValueExA(reghnd, tname, NULL, NULL,
(LPBYTE)(&(console_info.ColorTable[i])), &len);
}
/* Font info */
RegQueryValueEx(reghnd, TEXT("FontSize"), NULL, NULL,
(LPBYTE)(&console_info.FontSize), &len);
RegQueryValueEx(reghnd, TEXT("FontFamily"), NULL, NULL,
(LPBYTE)(&console_info.FontFamily), &len);
RegQueryValueEx(reghnd, TEXT("FontWeight"), NULL, NULL,
(LPBYTE)(&console_info.FontWeight), &len);
len = sizeof(WCHAR) * 32;
RegQueryValueExW(reghnd, L"FaceName", NULL, NULL,
(LPBYTE)(console_info.FaceName), &len);
RegCloseKey(reghnd);
}
static int _init_console_infoex(void)
{
console_infoex.cbSize = sizeof(console_infoex);
if (!pGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx(pdc_con_out, &console_infoex))
return ERR;
console_infoex.srWindow.Right++;
console_infoex.srWindow.Bottom++;
return OK;
}
static COLORREF *_get_colors(void)
{
if (pGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx)
{
int status = OK;
if (!console_infoex.cbSize)
status = _init_console_infoex();
return (status == ERR) ? NULL :
(COLORREF *)(&(console_infoex.ColorTable));
}
else
{
if (!console_info.Hwnd)
_init_console_info();
return (COLORREF *)(&(console_info.ColorTable));
}
}
/* restore the original console buffer in the event of a crash */
static LONG WINAPI _restore_console(LPEXCEPTION_POINTERS ep)
{
PDC_scr_close();
return EXCEPTION_CONTINUE_SEARCH;
}
/* restore the original console buffer on Ctrl+Break (or Ctrl+C,
if it gets re-enabled) */
static BOOL WINAPI _ctrl_break(DWORD dwCtrlType)
{
if (dwCtrlType == CTRL_BREAK_EVENT || dwCtrlType == CTRL_C_EVENT)
PDC_scr_close();
return FALSE;
}
/* close the physical screen -- may restore the screen to its state
before PDC_scr_open(); miscellaneous cleanup */
void PDC_scr_close(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_close() - called\n"));
if (SP->visibility != 1)
curs_set(1);
PDC_reset_shell_mode();
/* Position cursor to the bottom left of the screen. */
if (SP->_restore == PDC_RESTORE_NONE)
{
SMALL_RECT win;
win.Left = orig_scr.srWindow.Left;
win.Right = orig_scr.srWindow.Right;
win.Top = 0;
win.Bottom = orig_scr.srWindow.Bottom - orig_scr.srWindow.Top;
SetConsoleWindowInfo(pdc_con_out, TRUE, &win);
PDC_gotoyx(win.Bottom, 0);
}
}
void PDC_scr_free(void)
{
if (pdc_con_out != std_con_out)
{
CloseHandle(pdc_con_out);
pdc_con_out = std_con_out;
}
SetUnhandledExceptionFilter(xcpt_filter);
SetConsoleCtrlHandler(_ctrl_break, FALSE);
}
/* open the physical screen -- miscellaneous initialization, may save
the existing screen for later restoration */
int PDC_scr_open(void)
{
const char *str;
CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi;
HMODULE h_kernel;
BOOL result;
int i;
PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_open() - called\n"));
for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
{
pdc_curstoreal[realtocurs[i]] = i;
pdc_curstoansi[ansitocurs[i]] = i;
}
_reset_old_colors();
std_con_out =
pdc_con_out = GetStdHandle(STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE);
pdc_con_in = GetStdHandle(STD_INPUT_HANDLE);
if (GetFileType(pdc_con_in) != FILE_TYPE_CHAR)
{
fprintf(stderr, "\nRedirection is not supported.\n");
exit(1);
}
is_nt = !(GetVersion() & 0x80000000);
pdc_wt = !!getenv("WT_SESSION");
str = pdc_wt ? NULL : getenv("ConEmuANSI");
pdc_conemu = !!str;
pdc_ansi = pdc_wt ? TRUE : pdc_conemu ? !strcmp(str, "ON") : FALSE;
GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &csbi);
GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &orig_scr);
GetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, &old_console_mode);
/* preserve QuickEdit Mode setting for use in PDC_mouse_set() when
the mouse is not enabled -- other console input settings are
cleared */
pdc_quick_edit = old_console_mode & 0x0040;
SP->mouse_wait = PDC_CLICK_PERIOD;
SP->audible = TRUE;
SP->termattrs = A_COLOR | A_REVERSE;
if (pdc_ansi)
SP->termattrs |= A_UNDERLINE | A_ITALIC;
SP->orig_fore = csbi.wAttributes & 0x0f;
SP->orig_back = (csbi.wAttributes & 0xf0) >> 4;
SP->orig_attr = TRUE;
SP->_restore = PDC_RESTORE_NONE;
if ((str = getenv("PDC_RESTORE_SCREEN")) == NULL || *str != '0')
{
/* Create a new console buffer */
pdc_con_out =
CreateConsoleScreenBuffer(GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE,
FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
NULL, CONSOLE_TEXTMODE_BUFFER, NULL);
if (pdc_con_out == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
{
PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_open() - screen buffer failure\n"));
pdc_con_out = std_con_out;
}
else
SP->_restore = PDC_RESTORE_BUFFER;
}
xcpt_filter = SetUnhandledExceptionFilter(_restore_console);
SetConsoleCtrlHandler(_ctrl_break, TRUE);
SP->_preserve = (getenv("PDC_PRESERVE_SCREEN") != NULL);
/* ENABLE_LVB_GRID_WORLDWIDE */
result = SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_out, 0x0010);
if (result)
SP->termattrs |= A_UNDERLINE | A_LEFT | A_RIGHT;
PDC_reset_prog_mode();
SP->mono = FALSE;
h_kernel = GetModuleHandleA("kernel32.dll");
pGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx =
(GetConsoleScreenBufferInfoExFn)GetProcAddress(h_kernel,
"GetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx");
pSetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx =
(SetConsoleScreenBufferInfoExFn)GetProcAddress(h_kernel,
"SetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx");
return OK;
}
/* Calls SetConsoleWindowInfo with the given parameters, but fits them
if a scoll bar shrinks the maximum possible value. The rectangle
must at least fit in a half-sized window. */
static BOOL _fit_console_window(HANDLE con_out, CONST SMALL_RECT *rect)
{
SMALL_RECT run;
SHORT mx, my;
if (SetConsoleWindowInfo(con_out, TRUE, rect))
return TRUE;
run = *rect;
run.Right /= 2;
run.Bottom /= 2;
mx = run.Right;
my = run.Bottom;
if (!SetConsoleWindowInfo(con_out, TRUE, &run))
return FALSE;
for (run.Right = rect->Right; run.Right >= mx; run.Right--)
if (SetConsoleWindowInfo(con_out, TRUE, &run))
break;
if (run.Right < mx)
return FALSE;
for (run.Bottom = rect->Bottom; run.Bottom >= my; run.Bottom--)
if (SetConsoleWindowInfo(con_out, TRUE, &run))
return TRUE;
return FALSE;
}
/* the core of resize_term() */
int PDC_resize_screen(int nlines, int ncols)
{
SMALL_RECT rect;
COORD size, max;
bool prog_resize = nlines || ncols;
if (!prog_resize)
{
nlines = PDC_get_rows();
ncols = PDC_get_columns();
}
if (nlines < 2 || ncols < 2)
return ERR;
max = GetLargestConsoleWindowSize(pdc_con_out);
rect.Left = rect.Top = 0;
rect.Right = ncols - 1;
if (rect.Right > max.X)
rect.Right = max.X;
rect.Bottom = nlines - 1;
if (rect.Bottom > max.Y)
rect.Bottom = max.Y;
size.X = rect.Right + 1;
size.Y = rect.Bottom + 1;
_fit_console_window(pdc_con_out, &rect);
SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, size);
if (prog_resize)
{
_fit_console_window(pdc_con_out, &rect);
SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, size);
}
SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer(pdc_con_out);
PDC_flushinp();
return OK;
}
void PDC_reset_prog_mode(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("PDC_reset_prog_mode() - called.\n"));
if (pdc_con_out != std_con_out)
SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer(pdc_con_out);
else if (is_nt)
{
COORD bufsize;
SMALL_RECT rect;
bufsize.X = orig_scr.srWindow.Right - orig_scr.srWindow.Left + 1;
bufsize.Y = orig_scr.srWindow.Bottom - orig_scr.srWindow.Top + 1;
rect.Top = rect.Left = 0;
rect.Bottom = bufsize.Y - 1;
rect.Right = bufsize.X - 1;
SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, bufsize);
SetConsoleWindowInfo(pdc_con_out, TRUE, &rect);
SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, bufsize);
SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer(pdc_con_out);
}
PDC_mouse_set();
}
void PDC_reset_shell_mode(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("PDC_reset_shell_mode() - called.\n"));
if (pdc_con_out != std_con_out)
SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer(std_con_out);
else if (is_nt)
{
SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, orig_scr.dwSize);
SetConsoleWindowInfo(pdc_con_out, TRUE, &orig_scr.srWindow);
SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, orig_scr.dwSize);
SetConsoleWindowInfo(pdc_con_out, TRUE, &orig_scr.srWindow);
SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer(pdc_con_out);
}
SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, old_console_mode | 0x0080);
}
void PDC_restore_screen_mode(int i)
{
}
void PDC_save_screen_mode(int i)
{
}
bool PDC_can_change_color(void)
{
return is_nt;
}
int PDC_color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue)
{
if (color < 16 && !(pdc_conemu || pdc_wt))
{
COLORREF *color_table = _get_colors();
if (color_table)
{
DWORD col = color_table[pdc_curstoreal[color]];
*red = DIVROUND(GetRValue(col) * 1000, 255);
*green = DIVROUND(GetGValue(col) * 1000, 255);
*blue = DIVROUND(GetBValue(col) * 1000, 255);
}
else
return ERR;
}
else
{
if (!pdc_color[color].mapped)
{
*red = *green = *blue = -1;
return ERR;
}
*red = pdc_color[color].r;
*green = pdc_color[color].g;
*blue = pdc_color[color].b;
}
return OK;
}
int PDC_init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue)
{
if (red == -1 && green == -1 && blue == -1)
{
pdc_color[color].mapped = FALSE;
return OK;
}
if (color < 16 && !(pdc_conemu || pdc_wt))
{
COLORREF *color_table = _get_colors();
if (color_table)
{
color_table[pdc_curstoreal[color]] =
RGB(DIVROUND(red * 255, 1000),
DIVROUND(green * 255, 1000),
DIVROUND(blue * 255, 1000));
return _set_colors();
}
return ERR;
}
else
{
pdc_color[color].r = red;
pdc_color[color].g = green;
pdc_color[color].b = blue;
pdc_color[color].mapped = TRUE;
}
return OK;
}

130
wincon/pdcsetsc.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include "pdcwin.h"
/*man-start**************************************************************
pdcsetsc
--------
### Synopsis
int PDC_set_blink(bool blinkon);
int PDC_set_bold(bool boldon);
void PDC_set_title(const char *title);
### Description
PDC_set_blink() toggles whether the A_BLINK attribute sets an actual
blink mode (TRUE), or sets the background color to high intensity
(FALSE). The default is platform-dependent (FALSE in most cases). It
returns OK if it could set the state to match the given parameter,
ERR otherwise.
PDC_set_bold() toggles whether the A_BOLD attribute selects an actual
bold font (TRUE), or sets the foreground color to high intensity
(FALSE). It returns OK if it could set the state to match the given
parameter, ERR otherwise.
PDC_set_title() sets the title of the window in which the curses
program is running. This function may not do anything on some
platforms.
### Portability
X/Open ncurses NetBSD
PDC_set_blink - - -
PDC_set_title - - -
**man-end****************************************************************/
int PDC_curs_set(int visibility)
{
CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO cci;
int ret_vis;
PDC_LOG(("PDC_curs_set() - called: visibility=%d\n", visibility));
ret_vis = SP->visibility;
if (GetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &cci) == FALSE)
return ERR;
switch(visibility)
{
case 0: /* invisible */
cci.bVisible = FALSE;
break;
case 2: /* highly visible */
cci.bVisible = TRUE;
cci.dwSize = 95;
break;
default: /* normal visibility */
cci.bVisible = TRUE;
cci.dwSize = SP->orig_cursor;
break;
}
if (SetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &cci) == FALSE)
return ERR;
SP->visibility = visibility;
return ret_vis;
}
void PDC_set_title(const char *title)
{
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
wchar_t wtitle[512];
#endif
PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_title() - called:<%s>\n", title));
#ifdef PDC_WIDE
PDC_mbstowcs(wtitle, title, 511);
SetConsoleTitleW(wtitle);
#else
SetConsoleTitleA(title);
#endif
}
int PDC_set_blink(bool blinkon)
{
if (!SP)
return ERR;
if (SP->color_started)
{
COLORS = 16;
if (PDC_can_change_color()) /* is_nt */
{
if (pdc_conemu || SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_out, 0x0004)) /* VT */
COLORS = PDC_MAXCOL;
if (!pdc_conemu)
SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_out, 0x0010); /* LVB */
}
}
if (blinkon)
{
if (!(SP->termattrs & A_BLINK))
{
SP->termattrs |= A_BLINK;
pdc_last_blink = GetTickCount();
}
}
else
{
if (SP->termattrs & A_BLINK)
{
SP->termattrs &= ~A_BLINK;
PDC_blink_text();
}
}
return OK;
}
int PDC_set_bold(bool boldon)
{
return boldon ? ERR : OK;
}

26
wincon/pdcutil.c Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
/* PDCurses */
#include "pdcwin.h"
void PDC_beep(void)
{
PDC_LOG(("PDC_beep() - called\n"));
/* MessageBeep(MB_OK); */
MessageBeep(0XFFFFFFFF);
}
void PDC_napms(int ms)
{
PDC_LOG(("PDC_napms() - called: ms=%d\n", ms));
if ((SP->termattrs & A_BLINK) && (GetTickCount() >= pdc_last_blink + 500))
PDC_blink_text();
Sleep(ms);
}
const char *PDC_sysname(void)
{
return "Windows";
}

27
wincon/pdcwin.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
/* PDCurses */
#if defined(PDC_WIDE) && !defined(UNICODE)
# define UNICODE
#endif
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>
#undef MOUSE_MOVED
#include <curspriv.h>
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE)
# define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE 1 /* kill nonsense warnings */
#endif
typedef struct {short r, g, b; bool mapped;} PDCCOLOR;
extern PDCCOLOR pdc_color[PDC_MAXCOL];
extern HANDLE pdc_con_out, pdc_con_in;
extern DWORD pdc_quick_edit;
extern DWORD pdc_last_blink;
extern short pdc_curstoreal[16], pdc_curstoansi[16];
extern short pdc_oldf, pdc_oldb, pdc_oldu;
extern bool pdc_conemu, pdc_wt, pdc_ansi;
extern void PDC_blink_text(void);